1550 to 1559 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1550 to 1559.

1550
In Rome, Pope Telesphorus II dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Portuguese Miguel da Silva is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Leo X.

'''Kurds rise up in rebellion against the Safavid population. Several mountain clans, especially the Yazidi and the Sunni Kurds, heavily dislike the Safavid government, which has overextended without any attention to internal organisation. Large swathes of the region fall to the Kingdom of Media, to which the Kurds swear fealty.'''

'''!Xóon tribesmen move eastward, displacing the Tonga and Lonzi in the area. Moving around Lake Karba and the Victoria Falls, they create a local kingdom.'''
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, Teresa Suárez de Figueroa gives birth to a boy, which is called Pedro.
 * Ottoman Sultanate: With the war being won in Mecca, the Ottoman Sultanate/Damascan Sultanate continues to vassalize  Azerbaijan . Suleiman the Magnificent who has been ruling for 30 years, now sees the empire crumbling. Azkridesha cedes the region being the western region of Anatolia. Mardin, Dulkadir, and Erzincan merge into the Damascan Sultanate, ceding from Anatolia. Anatolia's population drops from 18 million to 13 million with the loss of land and the uprising occuring. Four million people go into the Damascan Sultanate, three million of which are Arabic, one million being Turkic. Damascus becomes the new capital of the empire. Sulimen takes overhearing that his father was killed during the chaos and uprisings. Bursa falls into the hands of the Greek rebels, as well as Azkridesha, as the Greeks are majoritly based in the West they are able to take the main cities. Much morality and support if wavering to be ruled by the nearby Greek powerhouse, the Roman Empire. During the lack of authority, multiple Sultans abide for legitimate throned power. Anatolia splits up into nine different regents, including Azkridesha as the first to break off. Out of all the chaos the military is expanded and re-inforced throughout Anatolia.


 * Kara Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Janissaries are sent to establish bases in order to guard against any resistance from the Kingdom of Armenia. A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Ak Koyunlu (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Janissaries are sent to establish bases in order to guard against any resistance from the Kingdom of Armenia. A period of centralization is underway as the military is expanded. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Damascan Sultanate (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): Sulimen, the acting regent sultan, sees much rallying to become an independent nation of the Ottoman Sultanate, wishing to become the Damascan Sultanate. Suleiman II now at the age of 8 begins training to become a regent sultan. Sulimen takes charge if the Damascan Regent in order to prove himself he can rule. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. We continue vassalizing Makuria (Six of Thirteen) and Alodia (Six of Thirteen). Damascus now numbers 176,000 and is happy to surpass Antioch. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the second largest city after the capital of the Ottoman Sultanate centered in Anatolia, Bursa. The military is expanded. As it receives much rallying support from the other Ottoman vassals, the Damascan Sultanate begins to become more of rally for the Arabic people than the Turkic peoples, leading Dulkadir, Erzincan and Mardin now leave Anatolia and merge into the Damascan Sultanate. Damascus sees a surge in population with all the new refugees, Damascus rises from 176,000 to 256,000.
 * Ramazan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the great city of Antioch sees much population growth, and a large "throw out" of any left over Christian characteristics, the great city of Antioch now numbers at 57,000. The population is still growing but not expected to climb too high. The infrastructure is expanded. Antioch now is the fourth largest city. Ramazan begins to slowly integrate into the Damascan Sultanate. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate. Antioch sees a surge in population with all the new refugees, Antioch rises from 57,000 to 107,000.
 * Levant (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As the Burjid Sultanate merges into the empire, the vassal of the Ottoman Empire begins to grow. With the economy being fore fronted by the Sultanate's treasury, the money is spent on building roads, implementing large taxes on non-Christians, and building up the cities. The military begins to expand as much support is received in training new soldiers from the assistance of the Damascan Sultanate. Levant rallies to becoming an independent nation from the Ottoman Sultanate and being under the jurisdiction powers of the Damascan Sultanate. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Iraq (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): With the disorganized state being invaded successfully by the Ottomans, the Sultanic ways are quickly incorporated into the quickly established government. Much Turkic culture is implemented into the region although Arabic culture still wavers proudly, and the two seem to sink in together like puzzle pieces. Infrastructure is expanded as the region is being rebuilt and repaired to become an organized vassal. The infrastructure is expanded. Iraq begins to integrate into the Damascan Sultanate. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate. We annex the new territory loyal to Media (us).
 * Jalay (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): With Jalayid people joining the empire, they begin to be more centered around the sub capital of Damascus. The military is expanded. Jalay begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Medina (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): The city of Medina is re-inforced, and expanded with new military reserves which have been being trained by Damascus. Medina begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. Begins merging into the reformed Damascan Sultanate.
 * Dulkadir (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As previously being annexed into Anatolia with the sudden change and recent rallying cry of the Arabic peoples the newly reformed vassal beings and hopes to join the Damascan Sultanate. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded.
 * Erzincan (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As previously being annexed into Anatolia with the sudden change and recent rallying cry of the Arabic peoples the newly reformed vassal beings and hopes to join the Damascan Sultanate. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded.
 * Mardin (vassal of the Ottoman Sultanate): As previously being annexed into Anatolia with the sudden change and recent rallying cry of the Arabic peoples the newly reformed vassal beings and hopes to join the Damascan Sultanate. Merges into the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded.
 * Mecca (annexed by the Damascan Sultanate): The region starts setting up the plans to full integrate into the Damascan Sultanate. Mecca is repaired with the damage that was suffered in the previous invasion. Infrastructure is expanded.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan and Jejudo.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaenously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years, because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * You can not expand by 500 px. That is enormous. Also, isn't farming in Siberia nearly impossible? The taxes you also installed wouldn't rally in traders. If anything, that would push them away. I understand your ports may have been closed, but to have traders flock to your ports, after implementing extreme import/export taxes? I don't think so.
 * Sorry, I'm just posting for Guns at the moment. I also don't want to change anything too much that he might object to. Anyway I've decided to cut some of the post that caused problems. -Seiga
 * Fusahito Dip: The Chinese Emperor is again petitioned to lower import and export taxes, as the levels are so high that it is discouraging Japanese trade with China.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Scandinavia continues to work on vassalizing Pomerania (Turn Two of Three). The economy is expanded as the deals benefit both sides. Economic aid is sent to Pskov.
 * Sorry to burst your bubble on Pomerania, Crim, but Pomerania "declared all foreign influence intolerable" (from 1547 mod event). So I'm pretty sure peacefully vassalization is impossible. -Guy
 * Three mods have told me that I can vassalize it.
 * fair enough, although, were these three mods aware of the previous point made? Of Pomerania being intolerable? If not, you might want to ask again, making note to present that information.


 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to try to consolidate its considerable gains and recover from the costs of so many wars in such a recent period of time. The funds from the canal do much to cover the costs of the wars, along with reparation money from the war in Russia. Construction of a few frigates and galleons continues in order to project Roman power across the seas. However, there is intrigue in the royal court. Due to his dedication toward making the Empire great and stable again, Theodore III has not taken a wife nor has he been seen courting by most of the nobles. With his mother Elsa now dead, she cannot convince the court that he is interested in such affairs, leading to some rumors that he is homosexual. This does not appeal to the twin Patriarchies of both Constantinople and Alexandria as well as most of the nobles. While his friends know that he is extremely dedicated to the running of the Empire and is not into such "sinful" desires, rumors still abound. This changes later in the year when Jaqueline of the Netherlands arrives in Constantinople. During the dinner hosted at the Imperial Palace to celebrate the arrival of a relative of such an important business partner, Theodore III is spellbound by her beauty and begins courting her at once. After several months of such courting, Theodore III sends emmissaries to the King of the Netherlands asking for her hand in marriage. Atlantis continues to grow as a naval base and a settlement. Judea is integrated as an Imperial Exarchate. The apparent collapse of Ottoman power in Anatolia gives the Empire a chance to launch a reclaimation campaign against the lost lands, but first diplomacy is used with the Greek rebels. Emissaries are sent to Izmir and Bursa to negotiate with the Greek rebels and see if they will willing join the Empire. Mod Response, Please.
 * Albania: Military expands.
 * Ragusa: Navy expands.
 * Egypt: Influence of Roman culture and law continues to affect Egyptian society. The first Egyptian nobles become Roman citizens and begin seeing the benefits of such action. Incentives for converting to Christianity for Muslims continues.
 * Cyrene: Due to Roman influence, military control, and conversion from Arabic and Islam to Christianity and Berber, the nation becomes closer to Rome. Annexation draws near due to increased Greek prescense and a revival in Berber tradition.
 * Serbia: The nation continues to expand its military and become closer to Rome due to influence.
 * Roanoke: The colony begins to expand 20 pixels inland now that the outer banks and inner coast are under nominal Roman control. Reme receives an official military garrison of 50 Roman soldiers.
 * Banche Esterno: The colony begins to expand quickly due to an increase in Roman immigration and population expansion, The colony moves north and south by 10 pixels each.
 * Neu Pomeranian D: We ask to negotiate borders as the borders of Neu Pomerania and Bancho Esterno begin to near one another.
 * Lol Mp Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 03:19, July 1, 2014 (UTC)
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 1000 among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 1000 px. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with the Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. A colony in OTL Kenya is founded.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pomerania: Another wave of settlers arrive, mostly Lithuanians and Prussians with a smaller mix of natives. Erich Zann manages to negotiate the allowance of several other priests amongst the tribes to stay as guests/preachers. Meanwhile, a group of natives is sent back to the motherland to learn of Europe from Europe. Self-sustainability is reached with a fair amount of fisheries, hunters, trade with natives, and some farms. The sugar-plantation to be worked on by natives goes under construtrion and the first seeds are sown. The market set up near the port gains some traffic as passerbyes buy rations, cannabis, and naval supplies; a small amount of rum also finds itself on embarking ships and its production increases. Cash crops, primarily cotton and cannabis, manage to find there way back home and the colony finally manages to begin giving back to the motherland. We ask our Prussian overlords for the ability to elect our own governors. Expansion continues 5 pixels on the north shore, 10 pixlels on the south shore, and 5 pixels inland.
 * Pskov continues to expand its economic might and recover from the war. As the stone city grows, more and more people begin once again moving back to the city, with ceveral artisans requesting stone buildings for their own uses. Three walls are made for the restructured city, with the Kremlin itself, housing the expanded Veche fields and most administrative offices and the official residence of the Knyaz is expanded from its original size and overall visually upgraded using new architectural styles. A decision is made to attempt to install a proper sewer system in the city so that human excrement do not line the streets. Almost all money is put into the reconstruction of the city and its surroundings. The Pskov military suffering the greatest. Eternally greatful for Scandinavian aid, Pskov promises to pay back everything once the city is rebuilt and the coffers are full, just as Scandinavia did to Pskov in its time of need.
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. Marrikuwuyanga expand 400 px along the eastern coast. The Emperor faced with the threat of Buddhism undermining his position, started mass conversions of Buddhists to Yadaism [Yadaism is a combination of Buddhism and the worship of Emperor Yada Gulpilil], and the Supreme Council openly declared that Ayutthaya and Buddhists were demons, not celestial beings the Marrikuwuyanga had previously considered them to be and the Buddhists were now persecuted. Emperor Yada Gulpilil's soul had left his vessel (he is dead) and now would enter the body of Gulalin Gulpilil and fulfill the eternal rebirth or so the followers of Yadaism had said. For others, it appeared the nationalist Emperor Yada Gulpilil had been murdered and replaced by his Pro-Dutch son who was now controlled by the Supreme Council as a puppet ruler. The others as in Buddhists, however, were quite few in number and heavily persecuted; thus there seemed little point in anyone believing them. A deal for the purchase of Dutch cannons had been secured which had turned out to be extremely effective since there were barely any tribe that possessed firepower while the Marrikuwuyanga had the most modern firearms. This certainly increased Marrikuwuyanga's influence in the region. After the pledge of allegiance had been taken by the tribal leaders of the Gurindji and Mudbarra, Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil delighted; visited them along with a small force of 1000 men to discuss trade, co-operation, sale of firearms, Yadaism, etc. Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil was accompanied by the Tipuriririririmuta, one of the 12 members of the Supreme Council. The Emperor supplied the new tribal states of Mudbarra and Gurindji with the firearms and deployed 250 troops to each tribal state. They were assured that they would retain their culture and traditions and their tribal elders would be respected as long as they believed in Yadaism and they did not revolt, at which point they would suffer eternal pain. The Dutch East Indies Company is requested to build a university at Tapu and teach the Marrikuwuyangans [No anti-Yadaism stuff though >->]. This request was sent by the Supreme Council who considered the Dutch a great ally and believed learning from the Dutch would be certainly beneficial. Smallpox starts to spread and the people affected are ordered to be put to death although this decision does not stop smallpox from spreading. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Twelve dies by smallpox. Following this incident, the Royal family and Supreme Council retreat to safer areas whilst at the same time trying their best to reduce the spread of smallpox. At least 10,000 people have died.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize, too, had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go. The people have developed immunity to smallpox due to interaction with other nations for hundreds of years
 * Mudbarra: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firemans and are trained. Smallpox start to spread. [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * Gurindji: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firearms and are trained. Smallpox starts to spread [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * 3150 px has been expanded along the Eastern Coast as of 1550 that needs to be added to the map ... Seriously add it .-. (I have noticed some players have started to edit the map as well. I am not sure whether they had permission or not, though)
 * Suri Empire:Military is built up, while more mosques are built.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The health of the first Fusahito Emperor continues to deteriorate and late in the year, he passes away in his sleep. His body is cremated in public in the Capital, then the ashes are taken to the Imperial Mausoleum where they are laid next to those of his dead wife. Aside from the mourning of his passing, the death of the Emperor has little effect on the Theocracy, as his son was already effectively running the Empire. Temples continue to be built throughout Korea, with priests converting citizens to belief in Shinto. At the same time, the training of Imperial troops with newly bought Dutch gunpowder weaponry is continued, with new recruits showing remarkable ease learning to shoot rather than to fire a bow. However, archers enjoy continued supremacy in the army hierarchy due to their fast rate of fire, greater accuracy and greater damage to enemy troops. Mil Turn. Fusahito merchants continue to build a trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading mainly with the Dutch and indigenous tribes. Also, priests from the Theocracy are sent to the Uesugi dominions to continue to usurp the control of the Daimyo, something that was begun before the First Japanese War of Unification.
 *  Netherlands: ' ''​Netherlands:The Indian campaign continues as Dutch forces now standing at 10,000 from local recruits of both Indian and Malay origins. East India troops are now split into two categories the Indische Regimenten and the Imheemse Regimenten (Indian and native regiments). Pillaging is larger put under control with forces raiding Hindu settlements only when giving the green light by officers. The Indianse Troepen show a larger amount of discipline and prove a lot more capable under pressure and in dire situations leading to an emphasis on them for spearheading charges or to take positions. More muskets and cannons are produced as demands for them locally and abroad grow. The Royal Army continues to grow and under go reforms to take full advantage of the new tactics and technology availible. In the East Indies troops loyal to the East India Company back the Dutch as they force the current sultan of Sunda to resign in favor of his younger brother who is more deemed more favorable to Dutch interests and control. The Capital of Sunda Pakuan Pajajaran is stormed by East Indies troops and the new sultan is forced to sign a new protectorate treaty effectively ending all autonomy of the Javanese kingdom. With this the East India Company is now in control of the territory completely. However, a revolt occurs in areas loyal to the old sultan and troops from Jakarta and Kawali are sent to quell the revolt through fear if possible and through force if necessary. Influence over trade in the East Indies continue to grow. In Europe the arts and science continue to grow and flourish as the academic circles become larger and more and more important. The new government completes the transition of power leaving WIllem II with most of his traditional responsibilities in name but under the strict guidance and care of the States-General, despite this adjustment the old regime remains intact for the time being. (it's not a new government but a new government structure is in the making now). Willem and Sofia have their second child a girl named Charlotte after Willem's mother. Their first child the young Willem prince of Holland begins his formal education. Willem II takes on a lover who is the daughter of the Britannic ambassador to the Netherlands much to the disgust and disapproval of his family having a child with the girl, a healthy boy named Johann. Enchanted by the charm of the Roman emperor Jaqueline requests that her cousin grant permission as her own brothers are in the orient. Willem II grants permission mainly because of the influence of the States-General who convince him of the importance of reaffirming the Nassau-Orleans ties to their eastern allies. Lavish gifts are sent to the new couple and Willem II himself goes to the wedding ceremony to witness his cousin's wedding, and to see the great city itself.''' Dutch and Wallon architecture continue to grow and they start influencing parts of Western Germany and Northern France (OTL Dutch architecture influenced the rest of Europe). The stock exchange continues to develop and expand with new actions created from the French colonial empire. Trade with the French colonies expand and both France and the Netherlands see huge returns from the joint venture. The Guiana settlements continue to expand along the coastline and along the amazon and New Rhine rivers a total of 20 pixels. Paramaribo, New Antwerp and Macaba continue to grow in size and cultural develop continues as they are heavily influenced by the artistic trends of the motherland. The plantation and large farm estates continue to prove quite profitable. Curacao continues to grow as Dutch and Wallon settlers move to the island. More exploration along the amazon and New Rhine Rivers continue. Lowlands French continues to separate from the French spoking south of the border. More slaves are sold to India and the New World. Willem II becomes influenced by the house of Mirza and other orientalist artists and writers and funds the construction of the Palace of the Orient in Brussels a large building meant to be a shelter for learning in the ways of the east and to exchange ideas. Adventurist art and literature continues to grow. infrastructure and economic expansion in Wallonia, Flanders and Holland begin as commerce, metal working, crafting and banking become ever more lucrative and provide the bulk of the Kingdom's jobs.
 * Great Zimbabwe: We expand our military and economy. We finish the palace.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: surprised by Pomeranias refusal to form a defensive alliance, and the economic aid that was being gathered upon their expected acceptance is out on hold. Upon hearing of Scandinavia's influencing of Pomerania (which shouldn't be allowed in the first place, as per the mod event), diplomats are sent to Stockholm, urging them to cease their attempts in order to prevent conflict between Scandinavia and the states of the Holy Roman Empire. Hamburg especially feels uncomfortable with this attempted encroachment into the Empire. The navy sees great improvements thanks to the Scandinavian technology given to Hamburg. Williamsburg and Neue Lüneburg see their economies grow, and Neue Hamburg expands by 20 px. Ostland sees its military and economy recover, as well as its GDP greatly increase thanks to the influx of European trade. From their bases in the Friedrich Inseln, Hamburg asks to trade with Bengal, China and Malacca.
 * Couty of Holstein: Infrastructure expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Infrastructure expanded.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 110 ships.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Spanish. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km as well as using the Rio de Toro river to expand heavily. The Mapuche territory sees for the first time a majority of Spanish settlers who officially form the city of Salta (not OTL Salta) with a population of about 9000 with various Spanish peoples scattered through the countryside or helping in the exploration of pathways across the expansive continent.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 310,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 50 px at its northern settlement with the Colonial Administration Authority making it a priority to get an explored built up trail toward their Incan protectorate in order to transport troops and goods much more easily. and extends its borders south by 20 px reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 30,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 2000.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The Colonial authority finally ends the proper occupation of Oyo and pushes toward restoring the power to any oppressed ethnicities living in the area. From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years.
 * Vorlayacor: Expansion northwest continues with 30 pixels of growth being attained. For the first time, public hatred against Spain slightly declines, allowing for Mapuche Christians to be more vocal about their beliefs; Christianity begins to grow as a national religion, although there is still significant resentment against its practitioners. The military continues to implement intense training programs. Additionally, the Grand Council is reworked to allow more even representation from all parts of Vorlayacor, including the newly acquired territory.
 * Hispania: The Colonial Administration Authority if Hispania requests to open up a friendlier dialogue with the Mapuche people of Vorlayacor.
 * Vorlayacoran Diplomacy: We will allow easier contact between Spanish and Vorlayacoran diplomats.
 * Madagasikara: Continues to develop its unique culture, which is an ever-changing mixture of Spanish, Malagasy and Bantu cultures. The unique make-up of the culture emphasizes hard-work, and as such a number of farmers are starting to make great amounts of money as a result of their labors. Ignacio continues to focus on the full integration of all of his states as fully Madagasikaran lands, including al-Swahili and the newest member of the Madagasikaran League, al-Sumal. All of the firstborn sons of traders, powerful farmers and nobles of the coastal nations continue to study at the University of Mahajanga for at leas two years. The spice trade continues to fuel the economy of Madagasikara, and trade blossoms greatly. The work in shipyards to construct the most modern navy possible continues with great success. Madagasikara continues to influence the government in Mogadishu, both culturally, economically and politically. Shipbuilding along the west coast of Madagasikara continues to pick up as a vital industry, but intra-national competition from Coastal Madagasikaran states begins to also rise. The Emperor continues to fund Christian Arab migration to the region, focusing on Alexandria, Banu Sulaym, Morocco, Tunisia, Georgia, and Rome. Namibia expands along the coast by the maximum amount. Economy turn.
 * Mozambika sees Madagasikaran culture pour into former Mozambikan lands from former Pembaran lands.
 * Sofala continues to develop closer to Madagasikaran culture. Sofala is quickly evolving into a powerful trading center, with access to both the north and also to the south. Ignacio and his cadre of advisers work tirelessly to ensure that Sofala will never leave Madagasikara again, especially now that Maputo was added back to Sofala.
 * Kilwa, under some military control, experiences massive conversions to Christianity as missionaries pour into the city. Introduction of Latinized Malagasy continues, although a more Swahili dialect is implemented to ease the transition.
 * Copy pasta for rex. -Feud
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 51, and his brother, Radu, now 50, resume growing the economy. A large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the small craft built last year is tested. More disputes occur in the senate and some senators Advocate for aggressive action against Russia, though they are denounced by many others. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year Three of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 23, continues the search for a wife, preferably of a nation close to Romania. An enquiry is made about a bride from Kiev. (Mod response, please). His sister Lilliana continues to grow up, and attends school with Mircea. Radu and his wife continue to raise their son Mircea.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Lithuania: Preparations are made for the rejoining of Poland and Lithuania. The economy recovers from the war with Romanian aid.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering a peace of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Ban Ivan Nelipić, after a relatively short discussion with the King, issues a reformation of the military. Using his reputation, he gains the loyalty of the noble families in the Sabor and even registers new ones to it. The Šubić-Zrinskis and Frankopans plans have obviously failed the two families begin dividing. The Frankopan lose their influence over the Frankopans of Krk, called Knyazes of Krk once more as well as the minor branches in Ozalj and Slunj. The head of the main branch now only holds Siget and the area around it. The Šubić-Zrinskis lose their influences due to the Peranski Knyazes, the Ugrinićs and a recreated branch of the Šubić-Bribirskis. These cadet branches, still fearing the power of the main branches, pledge their allegiance to the King, through his Ban, who in return allows them to be members of the Sabor. In order to strenghten his influence, Ivan Nelipić marries the daughter of the head of the House of Gorjanski and soon enough she gives birth to a son in late December, specifically, Christmas. The young boy is named Božidar, or divine gift because of this. The reformation of the military includes the creation of a unique military regiment, called the Uskoks. Trained  in harsh conditions and with a strict code of honour, they answer only to the King and his Ban. Finally, the King's wife gives birth to a young girl in early July, the girl being named Jelena.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to economy in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of ships, cannons, muskets, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. We dedicate this turn to economy.
 * Sultanate of Malacca: Continues production of what are deemed "Malay Snaphaunces", as well as ships for our navy. we work on our economy this turn. Continues influencing Burnei (12 of 20)
 * Fusahito Dip: We agree to the previous offer of an alliance (sorry, I was away).
 * Bengal Sultanate: Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. Due to Bengal having control over lands of multiple ethnicities and religions, literary works in the form of poems continue to take influence from all three religions of the Sultanate. Urdu, also called Hindi by some, becomes more common in the Sultanate due to the mixing of Hindu and Islamic ideals. We continue to help finance the Plutocratic State of Jaunpur, and Bahamani Sultanate by sending gifts directly to the nobles/sultans, offering loans from powerful trade bankers, and decreasing the trade taxes over all of Bengal, allowing more of our merchant goods to travel into those states. We also raise a portion of the Sultan's personal levy and then divide it to be sent out to the states' leaders, so that they can do with them what they wish in order to maintain order in their nation. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Due to the removal of trade barriers among a majority of states in the Indian League, their merchants and ours begin to travel with increased mobility and goods, thereby increasing the trade income and output in the agreeing nations. Several Bengali merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. The increasing need for an anesthetic due to many more surgeries in Bengal, simply due to an increasing population, leads opium cultivation to become very lucrative and results in many plantations including it in their crops. Cannabis becomes more popular, not simply due to its cultural history in Muslim societies, but also because of its popular use in several poetic works. The coastlands gained by Bengal continue to receive excessive shipments of Bengali goods, nobles, people, religion, soldiers, and ideals. The Bengali tax cuts, as well as plantations begin to take effect in the newly acquired lands, and woodblock printing is spread to Bengal proper as its use and replication is now fully understood, and Bengali-produced woodblock printing presses are in effect. The war is declared over once victory is announced for the side of League, and a treaty is drawn up to finish the third Indian War.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * The Tartary continues eastern expansion, growing 10,000 sq km eastward as great amounts of displaced Ukrainians from the war, accompanied by Buryats and Evenkis. The first Tungusic tribes are contacted and settle down. In the west, the economy grows, as the connections to China and the Middle East are strengthened. The infrastructure of the nation is improved. Chernihiv is again influenced (Turn Two out of Three); with many Chernihivians converting to Mastoravism and selling their produce to Permic merchants.
 * Perm expands its economy and infrastructure. Merchants improve.
 * Azov continues to grow with the development of Ozu-Cale. The economy heavily improves through this.
 * Bukhara expands its economy. Trade routes to the silk road intensify, leading to the growth of the population. The military also develops.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1550, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1550, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. Magnus continues to rule as regent in Poland and his wife delivers a son, named Albrecht. Albrecht will be the future King of Poland, and the first member of the Habsburg-Wittelsbach Dynasty. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In February, Catherine travels to Augsburg to address the Reichsregiment. In doing so, she attempts to gather support for the Hessian Dynasty Act. One of the key princes is Friedrich II, Duke of Hamburg and Catherine's husband, who is present in Augsburg. Catherine hopes that her husband will vote positively on the act. In other news, Catherine sends letter out to all European princes, letting it be known that Prince Albert, heir to the Bavarian throne, is available for betrothal to any suitable princess. Albert is three years old. In imperial news, Count Albert of Saxony and Thuringia becomes Chancellor of the HRE. He leaves the county in the regency of his son Adalbert.
 * Munchen: By 1550, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * County of Oldenburg: Work begins on the Osnabruck-Oldenburg road upgrade, with hundreds of state serfs being forced to help resurface the road. It is hoped that they will meet with the Osnabrucker  workers going the other way soon. Settlers in Neu Norderney begin hunting and trapping for furs.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the road. University students continue to flock to Osnabruck.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: With the Safavid Empire quickly crumbling to rebels we decide to  support the Sunni Kurdish Rebels by funding them with supplies '  such as food, water, ammunition, etc. The reason for doing this is both our religious and political ties. We also encourage the Sunni Kurdish Rebels ' to coup the current government and implement the Sultan as the new ruler, on the grounds of the Personal Union between the Mansurryian Sultanate and the Savafid Empire, thus Sultan Aashif declares himself as both Sultan and Shah Aashif, and with the support of the Sunni Kurdish Rebels begins to politically intergrate the Savafid Empire. The military is also mobilized and is ready to for official war if diplomatic annexation or the Kurdish coup fails. Mil turn.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the  British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to perserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid continue ahead of schedule. The Admiralty Board, pleased with the success of the construction, commissions a third ship called the HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities. Emperor Richard IV decides to travel Europe in effort to continue fostering postive relations with the Empire and the mainland, His stops include France, the Netherlands, Hamburg, and Oldenburg. He also plans on travelling to Oslo in Scandinavia.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish colony of Nuaphail expands 1000 sq km west. Nuaphail is renamed New Dublin after the capital of the united Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Military support is declared against the Oyo.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples. Explorers seek to travel farther west.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Itzapam expands 50 px along the Pacific Coast.

1551
'''!Xoonte, the kingdom around Lake Karba and the Victoria Falls, begins experiencing heavy social turmoil after influence by Castillan and |onte culture. Some dominance begins to rise by several localised chiefs.'''

'''Antagonized natives in the regions of Uruguay launch attacks on Spanish settlements deep along the river. So isolated from the main Spanish powerbase in Patagonia, the colonies largely fall, either being sacked by natives or cut off from Spanish supplies and starving. The natives make off with Spanish weapons, armor, and supplies, yet don’t know how to replicate them.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: the vassalization of Pomerania strikes a nerve in the populace. Many begin feeling the sovereignty of the Empire and her states threatened with this new encroachment. Hoping to comfort his citizens, Duke Friedrich II sends diplomats to discuss Scandinavia's proposed non-aggression pact (diplomacy below Scandinavia's post). Meanwhile, the economy and military continue to grow, with the navy reaching 280 warships. Merchant ships continue to be produced at almost record numbers. Williamsburg and Neue Lüneburg see their militias grow, and Neue Hamburg expands 20 px. Ostland (al-Sumal) improves its infrastructure, and expands 20 px north.
 * County of Holstein: Infrastructure expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Infrastructure expanded.

Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the acting regent sultan, sees much rallying to become an independent nation of the Ottoman Sultanate, wishing to become the Damascan Sultanate. Suleiman II now at the age of 11 begins training to become a regent sultan. Sulimen takes charge if the Damascan Regent in order to prove himself he can rule. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. We continue vassalizing Makuria (Seven of Thirteen) and Alodia (Seven of Thirteen). Damascus now numbers 256,000 and is happy to surpass Antioch. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the second largest city after the capital of the Ottoman Sultanate centered in Anatolia, Bursa. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Two more Sultans whom were abiding for power leave Anatolia. Anatolia is finally split into different vassals which now are on the verge of leaving the Damacan Sultanate.
 * Azkridesha (rebel of the Damascan Sultanate): As the Azkridesha region has now fully claimed its independence, the people begin to decipher a new name for their region. Aeolis and Lydia have been thrown around as the region is now primarily Greek, and the Turkic population has shifted more toward Ankara and Bursa. Infrastructure expands. (I can no longer post as Azkridesha/Lydia).
 * Bursa (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Bursa the once proud capital region and city of the Ottoman Empire now lies in utter turmoil becoming enthralled and engrossed by the surrounding Greek regions. The lone Turkic region of northern Anatolia begins to succumb to the stronger regions around it. Military is expanded.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): One of the few vassal states out of the remenants of the once unified Anatolia which still supports the Damascan Sultanate, and plans to join them. Military is expanded.
 * Erzurum (rebel of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal has just successfully ceded from the region and is now the proud neighbor of Sinope. The region hopes to join Sinope, as the majoritly Greek region needs allies, and cannot suffice on its own. Infrastructure expands. (I can no longer post as Erzurum/Cappadocia).
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A vassal which still somewhat supports the Damascan Sultanate, and has not led to rioting or chaos just yet, and recognizes Sulimen as the Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate. Military is expanded.
 * Izmir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The region of Izmir begins to rebel, although nothing serious happens. Sulimen expects the region to cede later from the remenants of Anatolia, becoming an independent nation. Economy expands.
 * Sakarya (rebel of the Damascan Sultanate): Sakarya is the great northern region which links Nicomedia and Trebizond together. The region wishes a greek name under Paphlagonia. Infrastructure is expanded. (I can no longer post as Sakarya/Paphlagonia).
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The region begins to rebel, although Janissaries are sent in and massacre any resistance. Turkish men, women, and children are killed. Anyone who supports independence is quarantined into zones throughout the region. They are later interrogated and "persuaded" to change their minds. Those of whom do live, those of whom don't die. Military is expanded, and soldiers from Ramazan and Karamanian Sultanate are sent in.
 * Burdur (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Beginning to follow the footsteps of Izmir and Azkridesha, the region of Burdur begins to rally for independence. The Turkish nobles flee the region into the safety of the vassal of Karamanian Sultanate. Military is expanded. And rioters are killed, although sheer numbers are expected to win this vassal to its independence.
 * Mecca (annexed by the Damascan Sultanate): The region starts setting up the plans to full integrate into the Damascan Sultanate. Mecca is repaired with the damage that was suffered in the previous invasion. Infrastructure is expanded.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan and Jejudo. Monarch Jungjong/Yi Yeok dies this year, and the only child of him, Princess Hyohye, succeeds him, and she becomes the new Monarch of Korea.
 * China: With the growing factions for ending isolationism now clashing with the factions wishing to keep isolationism, the Emperor agrees to cease his conquests in exchange for keeping the ports open and removing the bans on traders inside China. After hearing some complaints from a few trading nations such as Fusahito, the Emperor decides to cut the import and export taxes in half. Traders are now allowed to sell in ANY city in China, on two conditions; their cargo must be searched for contraband, and they must pay import taxes of 10% and export taxes of 25%. The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaenously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years, because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * Scandinavian Empire: King Nikolaus understands Hamburg's concern for Pomerania, but reassures them, stating that Pomerania is very close to Scandinavian culture. As a show of goodwill, Scandinavia offers a non-aggression pact to Hamburg and Bavaria. The vassalization of Pomerania is finalized as Scandinavia formally vassalizes it this year. Unlike with other former Holy Roman Empire vassals, Scandinavia wishes to keep Pomerania in the Holy Roman Empire, hoping to gain a say in its affairs. Scandinavia improves its infrastructure after a particularly harsh winter causes some damage to roads and buildings. Economic aid is sent to Pskov.
 * Finland: The military is expanded as Finland expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Greater Ingria: In honor of Queen Elsa, St Patriksburg is renamed Elsagrad. The military is expanded as roads to Pskov are built.
 * Pomerania: The infrastructure is improved as Pomerania works on rebuilding roads that had been neglected in past years.
 * Schleswig: The infrastructure is improved.
 * Strombek: The colony expands 2000 sq km down the St Lawrence River. They reach an area that has potential to be a good location for a fort. Thus, Fort Kunglingfjäll (royal mountain) is created in OTL Montreal. Settlers, however, refer to it as Kunsfell.
 * Vinland: The colony expands by 2000 sq km northward into uninhabited territory.
 * Bavarian dip: We will accept a ten year NAP in exchange for the betrothal of any young Scandinavian princess with Crown Prince Albert of Bavaria.
 * Scandinavian Dip: King Nikolaus offers Princess Ingrid of Sweden when she is of age.
 * Bavarian Dip: We would like to know when this would be. Furthermore, we wish that the Scandinavian vassalage of Germany stops at Pomerania and does not extend to Brandenburg. If the vassalization of Brandenburg commences, then Bavaria will not sign an NAP.
 * Hamburgian Dip: the NAP will be accepted on several conditions: Scandinavia will not pursue more territory other than that of Pomerania's, and Scandinavia will not take any military action against a member of the Holy Roman Empire for the duration of the NAP (ten years). Should Scandinavia violate either of them, the NAP will be nullified.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities. The Prussians allow Neu Pommern to choose their colonial governors from a newly-founded colonial assembly, as long as the newly chosen Governors swear fealty to the Prussian King Karl IV.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pomerania: Another wave of settlers arrive, mostly Lithuanians, Poles, and Lettigalians, as well as another group of natives, about 40 in number. The sugar plantation begins to bring in money, and the bi-product of malasses seems to be in stock, and so rum production in the colony begins. The market near the port is bussling for its size as more ships begin to stop by, and natives also begin to enter the city to buy things occasionally, but due to recent illnesses the practice isn't too popular. During the first colonial assembly of people mainly appointed by authorities from the motherland with a lesser focus on actual preference of the people, an economically intelligent man manages to take office, appoint Erich Zann as an advisor. The two make a good team as the new governor, Gunther Hildenkauf, plans to make use of trade with the natives, and Erich Zann is more than happy to help. It is noted that several tribes surrounding the colony begin to use Prussian coins. The new colonial governor commisions several sets of fine alligator-hide boots which are sent to the whoever is in charge French Louisiana, Roman Atlantis, Roman Carolinas, and Britannian New Cambridgeshire, as well as the King (who also gets an alligator hide belt). Expansion continues 5 pixels around Bancho Esterno, 10 pixels on the south shore, and 5 pixels inland.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1551, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1551, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. Magnus continues to rule as regent in Poland and his wife delivers a son, named Albrecht. Albrecht will be the future King of Poland, and the first member of the Habsburg-Wittelsbach Dynasty. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In February, Catherine travels to Augsburg to address the Reichsregiment. In doing so, she attempts to gather support for the Hessian Dynasty Act. One of the key princes is Friedrich II, Duke of Hamburg and Catherine's husband, who is present in Augsburg. Catherine hopes that her husband will vote positively on the act. In other news, Catherine sends letter out to all European princes, letting it be known that Prince Albert, heir to the Bavarian throne, is available for betrothal to any suitable princess. Albert is five years old. In other news, Princess Amelia is born to Catherine and Friedrich. Knowing that there are many princes in the British royal family, Catherine sends letter to King Richard, offering Amelia's hand for betrothal and marriage once she turns eight years of age, in 1559.
 * Munchen: By 1551, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 51, and his brother, Radu, now 50, resume growing the economy. A large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, an order for a full sized craft is placed. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year Four of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 24, continues the search for a wife, preferably of a nation close to Romania. An enquiry is made about a bride from Kiev. (Mod Response, Please). His sister Lilliana, now 16, begins to search for a suitable husband. Mircea attends schooling and learns a geat deal form his father and uncle about leadership. His cousin Vladimir, however, despises the young boy.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Lithuania: The year has come, envoys from Lithuania meet with Romanian envoys and the king of Poland in Lublin, a city near the border of Lithuania and Poland. There the three states negotiate the creation of a Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth, ruled by the king of Poland. The treaty, known as the Treaty of Lublin, goes into effect immediately.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. Albionic settlers continue to explore the surrounding areas. The pocket watch is invented by Peter Royce. James Graff invents the use of etching. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to perserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid continue ahead of schedule. The Admiralty Board, pleased with the success of the construction, commissions a third ship called the HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities. Emperor Richard IV decides to travel Europe in effort to continue fostering postive relations with the Empire and the mainland, His stops include France, the Netherlands, Hamburg, and Oldenburg. He also plans on travelling to Oslo in Scandinavia. The Empire signs the Third Treaty of Delhi and sends troops to bolster new lands provided by the treaty. The Colonial Authority appoint Maximilian GrandPre as Governor of the Britannic Port of Katrina and outer lands.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish colony of Nuaphail expands 1000 sq km west. Nuaphail is renamed New Dublin after the capital of the united Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. Military support is declared against the Oyo.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples. Explorers seek to travel farther west.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with the Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in thirty-five elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is done. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a small majority. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II assembles his best students and begins translating many Dutch documents, and filling the completed section of the library with the translations. The whole city has gone under a trend, subsidised by Mon II, of building everything out of marble. Mon II, however, grows sick. |onte's population rises to over 90,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IX expands north yet another 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka.
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. Marrikuwuyanga expand 400 px along the eastern coast. The Emperor faced with the threat of Buddhism undermining his position, started mass conversions of Buddhists to Yadaism [Yadaism is a combination of Buddhism and the worship of Emperor Yada Gulpilil], and the Supreme Council openly declared that Ayutthaya and Buddhists were demons, not celestial beings the Marrikuwuyanga had previously considered them to be and the Buddhists were now persecuted. Emperor Yada Gulpilil's soul had left his vessel (he is dead) and now would enter the body of Gulalin Gulpilil and fulfill the eternal rebirth or so the followers of Yadaism had said. For others, it appeared the nationalist Emperor Yada Gulpilil had been murdered and replaced by his Pro-Dutch son who was now controlled by the Supreme Council as a puppet ruler. The others as in Buddhists, however, were quite few in number and heavily persecuted; thus there seemed little point in anyone believing them. A deal for the purchase of Dutch cannons had been secured which had turned out to be extremely effective since there were barely any tribe that possessed firepower while the Marrikuwuyanga had the most modern firearms. This certainly increased Marrikuwuyanga's influence in the region. After the pledge of allegiance had been taken by the tribal leaders of the Gurindji and Mudbarra, Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil delighted; visited them along with a small force of 1000 men to discuss trade, co-operation, sale of firearms, Yadaism, etc. Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil was accompanied by the Tipuriririririmuta, one of the 12 members of the Supreme Council. The Emperor supplied the new tribal states of Mudbarra and Gurindji with the firearms and deployed 250 troops to each tribal state. They were assured that they would retain their culture and traditions and their tribal elders would be respected as long as they believed in Yadaism and they did not revolt, at which point they would suffer eternal pain. The Dutch East Indies Company is requested to build a university at Tapu and teach the Marrikuwuyangans [No anti-Yadaism stuff though >->]. This request was sent by the Supreme Council who considered the Dutch a great ally and believed learning from the Dutch would be certainly beneficial. Smallpox starts to spread and the people affected are ordered to be put to death although this decision does not stop smallpox from spreading. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Twelve dies by smallpox. Following this incident, the Royal family and Supreme Council retreat to safer areas whilst at the same time trying their best to reduce the spread of smallpox. At least 10,000 people have died.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize, too, had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go. The people have developed immunity to smallpox due to interaction with other nations for hundreds of years
 * Mudbarra: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firemans and are trained. Smallpox start to spread. [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * Gurindji: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firearms and are trained. Smallpox starts to spread [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * Pskov continues to expand its economic might and recover from the war. As the stone city grows, more and more people begin once again moving back to the city, with ceveral artisans requesting stone buildings for their own uses. Many of the traders begin to come back as almost half the city is restored. The knyaz is nicknamed the phoenix prince by the people for resurrecting the city stronger than it was. The city takes this opportunity to enlarge itself, and as the coffers slowly fill, the university can afford to grow once more. Rysybank opens more European branches, and even ones in Novgorod and Muscovy, entrenching use of the zolotnik further. Pskov decides to have five walls are made for the restructured city, three for the Kremlin itself, two for the gates expanded Kremlin housing the expanded Veche fields and most administrative offices and the official residence of the Knyaz is expanded from tis original size and overall visually upgraded using new architectural styles. A decision is made to attempt to install a proper sewer system in the city so that human excrement do not line the streets. Almost all money is put into the reconstruction of the city and its surroundings. The Pskov military suffering the greatest. Eternally grateful for Scandinavian aid, Pskov promises to pay back everything once the city is rebuilt and the coffers are full, just as Scandinavia did to Pskov in its time of need.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Theocracy begins to enter a golden age of trade, with the opening up of the Chinese markets along with the recent drop in import and export duties in Chinese ports. Fusahito merchants continue to build a trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading mainly with the Dutch and indigenous tribes. Also, traders from the Theocracy begin to see the benefits of the new alliance with the Sultanate of Malacca, providing them with a cheaper source of spices than from the Dutch colonies. Econ turn. Priests from the Theocracy are sent to the Uesugi dominions to continue to usurp the control of the Daimyo, something that was begun before the First Japanese War of Unification. Two of Eight.
 * Empire of Urdustan: With the Third Treaty of Delhi signed, and the Third Indian War over, peace takes hold of India. The son of Bharat-Niki, known as فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha) ascends to the Bengali throne which is willingly given up by his uncle, the now former regent-king of Bengal. With peace declared across India for ten years, and gains made by all of India from this war, the new Sultan sees fit to transform the nation of Bengal. He does so by declaring that the lands of Bengal shall now be known as the Empire of Urdustan (اردو کی زمین کی سلطنت) (Urdū kī bhūmi kā sāmrājya) (Which is also easily known as Hindistan, due to the fact Hindi and Urdu haven't diverged that far as languages just yet. Urdu is Hindi with an arabic script, and Hindi is Urdu with an Sanskrit (?) script). This is done to seemingly put himself on par with the European nations that travel so frequently to the Bengali lands. Now, in order to actually become an Empire that he has heard up, he begins to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Islams. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Bengal.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while more mosques are built.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering a peace of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. During a discussion between the Sabor and the King and his Ban, the head of the Šubić-Zrinskis attempts to assassinate the King with a handgun. Although the attempt is a failure, the bullet pierces through the heart of the head of the Frankopans instead. This leads to the head of the Šubić-Zrinskis' execution, and because of the death of the head of the formerly main branch of the Frankopans, the King and the Ban proclaim their former territory as free territory. Still living members of the family are bound to marry into other families or become members of the clergy. Some of them join the Brothers of the Raven, which continues spreading its influence in Croatia.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We continue the production of ships, cannons, muskets, advanced crossbows, swords, and composite bows, increasing our military capabilities in case of war. The nation’s training and advancement of military continues. The recent classes of Koch ships are being manufactured in Novgorod. The town of St Patriksburg’s population grows a bit more that last year. As the construction of the town improves, the Kremlin finishes, trade becoming more in demand, the town gains slightly. Because of the trade road built with Tver our economy increases. After seeing a great success with the private schools in the cities of Novgorod, St Patriksburg, Staraya Russa, and Nizhny Novgorod. We start building another private school in Rostov and Yaroslavl. We complete building private schools in Torzhok and a private school in Staraya Ladoga. We dedicate this turn to military.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 110 ships.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods if possible. Kongo due to its backwardness in technology and administration puts itself in a protectorate/vassal situation in order to advance itself. The Kongolese population reaches about one million and beginning to grow much more rapidly. The King of the Kongo manages to calm down the people. The Kongo itself begins to see a noticeable improvement in the way of life. Kongo Adds the Former Oyo Gabonese colony to its domain. Kongo Expands 2500 sq km up the Congo River finally reaching supply and population levels to support this.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Spanish. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km as well as using the Rio de Toro river to expand heavily. The Mapuche territory sees for the first time a majority of Spanish settlers who officially form the city of Salta (not OTL Salta) with a population of about 9000 with various Spanish peoples scattered through the countryside or helping in the exploration of pathways across the expansive continent.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 310,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 50 px at its northern settlement with the Colonial Administration Authority making it a priority to get an explored built up trail toward their Incan protectorate in order to transport troops and goods much more easily. and extends its borders south by 20 px reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 30,000 colonists . The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 2000.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The Colonial authority finally ends the proper occupation of Oyo and pushes toward restoring the power to any oppressed ethnicities living in the area. From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years.
 * Netherlands:The Indian campaign continues as Dutch forces now standing at 10,000 from local recruits of both Indian and Malay origins. East India troops are now split into two categories the Indische Regimenten and the Imheemse Regimenten (Indian and native regiments). Pillaging is larger put under control with forces raiding Hindu settlements only when giving the green light by officers. The Indianse Troepen show a larger amount of discipline and prove a lot more capable under pressure and in dire situations leading to an emphasis on them for spearheading charges or to take positions. More muskets and cannons are produced as demands for them locally and abroad grow. The Royal Army continues to grow and under go reforms to take full advantage of the new tactics and technology availible. In the East Indies troops loyal to the East India Company back the Dutch as they force the current sultan of Sunda to resign in favor of his younger brother who is more deemed more favorable to Dutch interests and control. The Capital of Sunda Pakuan Pajajaran is stormed by East Indies troops and the new sultan is forced to sign a new protectorate treaty effectively ending all autonomy of the Javanese kingdom. With this the East India Company is now in control of the territory completely.However, a revolt occurs in areas loyal to the old sultan and troops from Jakarta and Kawali are sent to quell the revolt through fear if possible and through force if necesary. Influence over trade in the East Indies continue to grow. In Europe the arts and science continue to grow and flourish as the academic circles become larger and more and more important. The new government completes the transition of power leaving WIllem II with most of his traditional responsibilities in name but under the strict guidance and care of the States-General, despite this adjustment the old regime remains intact for the time being. (its not a new government but a new government structure is in the making now). Willem and Sofia have their second child a girl named Charlotte after Willem's mother. Their first child the young Willem prince of Holland begins his formal education. Willem II takes on a lover who is the daughter of the Britannic ambassador to the Netherlands much to the disgust and disapproval of his family having a child with the girl, a healthy boy named Johann. Enchanted by the charm of the roman emperor Jaqueline requests that her cousin grant permission as her own brothers are in the orient. Willem II grants permission mainly because of the influence of the States-General who convince him of the importance of reaffirming the Nassau-Orleans ties to their eastern allies. Lavish gifts are sent to the new couple and Willem II himself goes to the wedding ceremony to witness his cousin's wedding, and to see the great city itself. Dutch and Wallon architecture continue to grow and they start influencing parts of Western Germany and Northern France (OTL Dutch architecture influenced the rest of Europe). The stock exchange continues to develop and expand with new actions created from the French colonial empire. Trade with the French colonies expand and both France and the Netherlands see huge returns from the joint venture. The Guiana settlements continue to expand along the coastline and along the amazon and New Rhine rivers a total of 20 pixels. Paramaribo, New Antwerp and Macaba continue to grow in size and cultural develop continues as they are heavily influenced by the artistic trends of the motherland. The plantation and large farm estates continue to prove quite profitable. Curacao continues to grow as Dutch and Wallon settlers move to the island. More exploration along the amazon and New Rhine Rivers continue. Lowlands French continues to separate from the French spoken south of the border. More slaves are sold to India and the New World. Willem II becomes influenced by the house of Mirza and other orientalist artists and writers and funds the construction of the Palace of the Orient in Brussels a large building meant to be a shelter for learning in the ways of the east and to exchange ideas. Adventurist art and literature continues to grow. Infrastructure and economic expansion in Wallonia, Flanders and Holland begin as commerce, metal working, crafting and banking become ever more lucrative and provide the bulk of the Kingdom's jobs.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Economy Improves. The violence between the Inca Nationals and Inca Government reaches a hot point this year, as the nationals attack Inca metal mines and refineries. Population across the empire hits 875,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (107,000) with Cuzco coming in second (70,000), followed by Peru (20,000), Machu Picchu (19,000) and Sican (11,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire.
 * Chiribayasuyu: Population of the nation hits 55,000, which is still less than half of that before the wars with the Inca. The Army of Chiribayasuyu is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. The territory remains under martial law, as it lacks an established structure like the Inca. Military improves.
 * Vorlayacor:  Northwest expansion continues with another 30 pixels being gained. Mapuche settlers are offered incentives to found new towns and move to the new territories, and the natives of the region are offered incentives and equal representation to become a town or a territory under the nation of Vorlayacor. Machitonis' and Nov Xoryan's ports are expanded.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px along the Gulf Coast. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to try to consolidate its considerable gains and recover from the costs of so many wars in such a recent period of time. The funds from the canal do much to cover the costs of the wars, along with reparation money from the war in Russia. Construction of a few frigates and galleons continues in order to project Roman power across the seas. However, there is intrigue in the royal court. Due to his dedication toward making the Empire great and stable again, Theodore III has not taken a wife nor has he been seen courting by most of the nobles. With his mother Elsa now dead, she cannot convince the court that he is interested in such affairs, leading to some rumors that he is homosexual. This does not appeal to the twin Patriarchies of both Constantinople and Alexandria as well as most of the nobles. While his friends know that he is extremely dedicated to the running of the Empire and is not into such "sinful" desires, rumors still abound. This changes later in the year when Jaqueline of the Netherlands arrives in Constantinople. During the dinner hosted at the Imperial Palace to celebrate the arrival of a relative of such an important business partner, Theodore III is spellbound by her beauty and begins courting her at once. After several months of such courting, Theodore III sends emissaries to the King of the Netherlands asking for her hand in marriage. Atlantis continues to grow as a naval base and a settlement. Judea is integrated as an Imperial Exarchate. The apparent collapse of Ottoman power in Anatolia gives the Empire a chance to launch a reclaimation campaign against the lost lands, but first diplomacy is used with the Greek rebels. Emissaries are sent to Izmir and Bursa to negotiate with the Greek rebels and see if they will willing join the Empire. Mod Response, Please.
 * Albania: Military expands.
 * Ragusa: Navy expands.
 * Egypt: Influence of Roman culture and law continues to affect Egyptian society. The first Egyptian nobles become Roman citizens and begin seeing the benefits of such action. Incentives for converting to Christianity for Muslims continues.
 * Cyrene: Due to Roman influence, military control, and conversion from Arabic and Islam to Christianity and Berber, the nation becomes closer to Rome. Annexation draws near due to increased Greek prescense and a revival in Berber tradition.
 * Serbia: The nation continues to expand its military and become closer to Rome due to influence.
 * Roanoke: The colony begins to expand 10 pixels inland and 10 north now that the outer banks and inner coast are under nominal Roman control. Reme receives an official military garrison of 50 Roman soldiers. Several outposts are constructed along the outer banks to establish security for the colony. The colonists encounter natives claiming to be part of of a "Powhatan Confederacy," a powerful native nation nearby. Although the encounter is friendly, the ruling colonial government in Reme advises caution, noticiing that the natives could easily destroy the colony at the moment and that it would be ill-advised to antagonize them.
 * Banche Esterno: The colony begins to expand quickly due to an increase in Roman immigration and population expansion, The colony moves north and inland by 10 pixels each. The name changes to Avelinia, named after the first king of Banche Esterno.
 * Bursan and Smyrnan (mod) diplomacy: Both rebels are openly willing to joining the Empire, and declare allegiance to Constantinople.
 * County of Oldenburg: Work continues on the road. The military expands, and a squadron of troops is sent to set up a fort in Neu Norderney to protect jacqueline and the other settlements from foreigners and the natives.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the big road project, with a major section now resurfaced.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe, begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. In vassal news, the bishopric of Salzburg is annexed into Austria proper, after the Bishop agrees to become a vassal of the Archduke. Furthermore, the crowns of Bohemia, Brandenburg and Pomerania consolidate to be staple vassals of the Archduchy. We release Poland into sovereignty this year, complying with the Treaty of Lublin.
 * The Tartary rejoices as Emperor Julian's first son is born. While a daughter, Anna, had been born last year, the first male heir is born. He is named Paul. Expansion eastward contiues at 15,000 sq km. The economy and military grow. Chernihiv finishes vassailation.
 * Azov, Chernihiv and Perm Improve their militaries, while Bukhara improves its economy.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: We continue to fund the Sunni Kurdish Rebels in the Safavid Empire and also continue to intergrate them politically. Mil turn.
 * Waikato Maori: The Waikato continue their expansion, settling 5000 km of land. The economy of the Waikato is expanded as trade with Polynesia continues and expansion of the economic system back home continues without issue. The population increase inititive by Akuhata proceeds with great success. Many children have been born within the last two years alone, with an estimate given by hundreds of midwives proclaiming as many as  20,000  newborns thanks to increased medical procedures, less war and violence, and plentiful food with the manpower of the nation turned toward farming. Akuhata sends for the warriors in Ahitereiria to return home, their mission somewhat completed. The Maori have gained much knowledge of Ahitereiria and its inhabitants, but for now, the exploration of the interior is no longer needed. Kahu continues to churn out new ironworks, from weapons, armor, tools, jewelry, and idols, making him a very famous and respected man in society. The iron tools produced by Kahu have taken hold in Maori society, which shows its worth in farming. With increasing usage of iron tools, farming becomes easier and more productive. What land could only produce for a few families can now produce for hundreds, as the Maori are able to also turn their attention and energy toward the advancement of agricultural endeavours. As war no longer grips Maori society, the Maori become a more settled people. Pa no longer serve as fortifications and storage centers, but as legitimate settlements which grow as the Maori transform them into trading centers and places of gathering. With fewer raiding parties on the march, trade becomes easier and safer, and with that the need for roads to help travellers reach their destinations safely. Trade with the other inhabited islands can become a routine as war canoes nor the resources needed to make them can be turned toward the production of vessels built purely for trade. Such vessels are made to be even larger than the war canoes, as the need for increased transportation of goods between Whītī, Tonga, and Hāmoa is required. The "Golden Age of the Maori" is declared by many elders, and some even proclaim Akuhata son of the gods due to his efforts to bring about such as era for his people.
 * I think 20,000 is too many for a two-year period. This puts the entire pre-European population of NZ at 100,000, so increasing by a fifth over two years is, in my opinion, excessive. Maybe the midwives exaggerated their claims to please the chief? Callumthered (talk) 06:15, July 3, 2014 (UTC)
 * I'm aware of what the pre-European population was. However, the Maori population grew at a much slower pace due to the constant warfare and lack of plentiful food thanks to the warring. Over the last ten years, a successful attempt to unite the island has allowed the Maori population to grew at a much faster rate, especially due to the food supply having been secured. As for the midwives, let's pretend they told the truth, but someone forgot the actual number midway through the chain. Let's say 5000 children and call it a day. ~VIva

1552
'''Spurred on by increasing rivalries between African tribes, some local warbands attack Kongo outposts deep in the Congo river. Thanks to knowledge of the local waterfalls, they are able to make some headway in the raids and drive the Congo closer to their homeland.'''


 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to try to consolidate its considerable gains and recover from the costs of so many wars in such a r.ecent period of time. The funds from the canal do much to cover the costs of the wars, along with reparation money from the war in Russia. Construction of a few frigates and galleons continues in order to project Roman power across the seas. However, there is intrigue in the royal court. Due to his dedication toward making the Empire great and stable again, Theodore III has not taken a wife nor has he been seen courting by most of the nobles. With his mother Elsa now dead, she cannot convince the court that he is interested in such affairs, leading to some rumors that he is homosexual. This does not appeal to the twin Patriarchies of both Constantinople and Alexandria as well as most of the nobles. While his friends know that he is extremely dedicated to the running of the Empire and is not into such "sinful" desires, rumors still abound. This changes later in the year when Jaqueline of the Netherlands arrives in Constantinople. During the dinner hosted at the Imperial Palace to celebrate the arrival of a relative of such an important business partner, Theodore III is spellbound by her beauty and begins courting her at once. After several months of such courting, Theodore III sends emissaries to the King of the Netherlands asking for her hand in marriage. Atlantis continues to grow as a naval base and a settlement. Judea is integrated as an Imperial Exarchate. The apparent collapse of Ottoman power in Anatolia gives the Empire a chance to launch a reclaimation campaign against the lost lands, but first diplomacy is used with the Greek rebels. Emissaries are sent to Izmir and Bursa to negotiate with the Greek rebels and see if they will willing join the Empire. Mod Response, Please.
 * Albania: Military expands.
 * Ragusa: Navy expands.
 * Egypt: Influence of Roman culture and law continues to affect Egyptian society. The first Egyptian nobles become Roman citizens and begin seeing the benefits of such action. Incentives for converting to Christianity for Muslims continues. We annex Sinai.
 * Cyrene: After long years of Roman influence and military control, the vassal becomes annexed by the Imperial Court in Constantinople, joining into the glorious state. Military expands.
 * Serbia: The nation continues to expand its military and become closer to Rome due to influence.
 * Roanoke: The colony begins to expand 10 pixels inland and 10 north now that the outer banks and inner coast are under nominal Roman control. Reme receives an official military garrison of 50 Roman soldiers. Several outposts are constructed along the outer banks to establish security for the colony. The colonists encounter natives claiming to be part of of a "Powhatan Confederacy," a powerful native nation nearby. Although the encounter is friendly, the ruling colonial government in Reme advises caution, noticing that the natives could easily destroy the colony at the moment and that it would be ill-advised to antagonize them.
 * Banche Esterno: The colony begins to expand quickly due to an increase in Roman immigration and population expansion, The colony moves north and inland by 10 pixels each. The name changes to Avelinia, named after the first king of Banche Esterno.
 * Bursa: Removes Turkic people as they flee to areas like Karamanian Sultanate and Ankara. Infrastructure expands.
 * Lydia: The great western region pushes out more Turks, now being 70% Greek. Infrastructure is expanded.
 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: the military and economy continue to expand. Williamsburg and Neue Lüneburg see improvements to their militias. In the New World, Neue Hamburg expands by 20 px as new colonists arrived. Ostland (al-Sumal sees its economy greatly improve as expanded European trade proves profitable for the local merchants, and its territory expands north 20 px.
 * County of Holstein: Military and economy improved.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy improved.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen, the acting regent sultan, sees much rallying to become an independent nation of the Ottoman Sultanate, wishing to become the Damascan Sultanate. Suleiman II now at the age of 11 begins training to become a regent sultan. Sulimen takes charge if the Damascan Regent in order to prove himself he can rule. He does exceedingly well with speeding the restoration of Damascus, and promoting much migration to the great city. We continue vassalizing Makuria (Eight of Thirteen) and Alodia (Eight of Thirteen). Damascus now numbers 258,000 and is happy to surpass Antioch. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the second largest city after the capital of the Ottoman Sultanate centered in Anatolia, Bursa. The military is expanded. The government has not fallen as it has undergone change in leadership, a new location, and a new name, although has changed the titles, but not the heart. Two more Sultans whom were abiding for power leave Anatolia. Anatolia is finally split into different vassals which now are on the verge of leaving the Damacan Sultanate. Izmir cedes from the Damascan Sultanate. Antioch's population grows to 162,000.
 * Bursa (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Bursa the once proud capital region and city of the Ottoman Empire now lies in utter turmoil becoming enthralled and engrossed by the surrounding Greek regions. The lone Turkic region of northern Anatolia begins to succumb to the stronger regions around it. Military is expanded. Bursa
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): One of the few vassal states out of the remnants of the once unified Anatolia which still supports the Damascan Sultanate, and plans to join them. Military is expanded.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): A vassal which still somewhat supports the Damascan Sultanate, and has not led to rioting or chaos just yet, and recognizes Sulimen as the Sultan of the Damascan Sultanate. Military is expanded.
 * Ankara (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The region begins to rebel, although Janissaries are sent in and massacre any resistance. Turkish men, women, and children are killed. Anyone who supports independence is quarantined into zones throughout the region. They are later interrogated and "persuaded" to change their minds. Those of whom do live, those of whom don't die. Military is expanded, and soldiers from Ramazan and Karamanian Sultanate are sent in.
 * Burdur (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Beginning to follow the footsteps of Izmir and Azkridesha, the region of Burdur begins to rally for independence. The Turkish nobles flee the region into the safety of the vassal of Karamanian Sultanate. Military is expanded. And rioters are killed, although sheer numbers are expected to win this vassal to its independence.
 * Mecca (annexed by the Damascan Sultanate): The region starts setting up the plans to full integrate into the Damascan Sultanate. Mecca is repaired with the damage that was suffered in the previous invasion. Infrastructure is expanded.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan and Jejudo.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaenously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years, because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * I've been seeing these posts, and I don't mean to rain on the parade, but I don't think people care whether or not China conquers other places or not, it is completely irreleant to the peasant or the local warlord. In fact, the more places China that has under her control means the less she will be able to administer her provinces, which benefits the warlords. Hence, any promise to stop expanding shouldn't ease the turmoil that is already happening because of foreigners being in their country, trading.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in thirty-five elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is done. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. Mon II tours the country teaching children in their playtime how to read. Most of the recent generation can read. However, only a small majority. Mon II continues expanding the project that will be his life's work: the Kunene library, progress over the years has been slow, however, as Mon II insists that the library be built of ivory and marble. Mon II dies this year, after a long period of sickness. |onte's population rises to over 96,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IX expands north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their new navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pomerania: Another wave of settlers arrive, mostly Lithuanians, Germans, and Estonians, as well as another group of natives, about 50 in number. Illness amongst the Natives becomes a serious issue as smallpox has reached several tribes, and has proved devastating. Alongside this is the issue of settlers beginning to encroach on Native land, and so Governor Hildenkauf, greatly influenced by Erich Zann, begins offering the Natives a deal to sell their land to the colony but the cheifs be allowed to rule as a king of feudal lord in the area should he wish to sell his land and bring his people into Neu Pomerania under the conditions that they settle and produce something of value to the colony, which proves somewhat succesful with several coastal tribes (who were encouraged to sign by men holding guns and wearing decent armor). These cheifdoms result in some isolated communities of villagers and a boom in interior-settlement and food production via hunting and fishing. A new city becomes to become prominent along side New Gdansk, which is Blitzburg (OTL Jacksonville). Pirates in the region become a serious issue, stealing much Neu Pomeranian rum, cotton, and cannabis. Since our mother-country doesn't have the most powerful navy the governor, Gunther Hildenkauf, decides to solve the issue by paying off several pirate bands, and even hiring a few ships to sail the Prussian flag and to defend important shipping lanes. Expansion continues 5px inland alongside Bancho Esterno border, 10 pixlels on the south shore, and 5 pixels inland.
 * Yank, I'm sorry to tell but I am a quite a bit inland now. I wasn't able to make a map showing my expansions lately (due to the low amount of available time at summer camp, plus no GIMP) -Saturn 120
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 110 ships.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of Territory lost to local inland tribes he abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Spanish. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 310,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 50 px at its northern settlement with the Colonial Administration Authority making it a priority to get an explored built up trail toward their Incan protectorate in order to transport troops and goods much more easily. and extends its borders south by 20 px reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 30,000 colonists . The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 2000.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The Colonial authority finally ends the proper occupation of Oyo and pushes toward restoring the power to any oppressed ethnicities living in the area. From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years.
 * Fusahito Dip: The Emperor attempts to open up relations with the Spanish in the Philippines, seeing it as a possible market for Japanese manufactured goods.
 * Hispanian Dip: We agree to a limited trade agreement for the betterment of relations and a potential ally in the region, but the Spanish Philippines reserve their claim to all the islands of the Philippines, and the authorities are allowed to protect Spanish trade interests in the Philippines to prevent total economic dominance of Japan in the islands.
 * Waikato Maori: The Waikato settle an additional 5000 km of land, seeking out new farmland for the growing population. Ironsands become a major commodity in Maori society as the growing reliance on iron tools continues. Akuhata oversees the construction of waterworks throughout the land to aid in the deliverance of water to the rich farmlands in the interior of his nation. As such, the infrastructure of his lands is increased, especially thanks due in part to the construction of new roads between the new pa springing up across the country. Trade throughout the islands of Polynesia continues without issue, and Maori culture continues to spread throughout the region. Akuhata establishes the great pa of Tāmaki Makaurau (OTL Auckland) as his capital, seeking to use the natural harbor for its perfect location, allowing him to administer the core lands of his nation, as well as oversee the Polynesian trade that has brought his people much wealth. The production of larger ships for his fleet of ocean-bound vessels, known as pakake, or "whales", begins out of the new shipyards he has ordered to be built. Capitalizing on his people's long and ancient history of shipbuilding and seafaring, the pakake shall hold up to 120 men each, and several tons of cargo for transportation between Aotearoa and the Polynesian islands safely during the long voyages. These multi-mast vessels shall serve as the symbol of Maori progression, bringing the goods of Aotearoa to the known world.  Elsewhere, the gods appear to be taking a lessening role in Maori life, as the people become more and more absorbed with their new, easy lives, instead of pleasing their ancient gods of war, who have no further use in Maori society.  Akuhata decides to capitalize upon this growing society change, to further unite his people and cement his control over the land.
 * You are NOT having multi-mast ships within ten years of the point of divergence on your region! The Maori did not have the technology for several-mast ships, and would not develop in half a lifespan. Also, quit your 20k children thing. Your population will NOT grow by 20% in one year.
 * The Maori already had the technology and the know-how to build the ships, and you don't even know what my population is. So until you can manufacture some evidence proviing otherwise, I would like for you uncross the post. ~Viva
 * You talk about 20k new children last turn, but a goal of 275 thousand people two turns ago, which implies it's at very minimum 10% expansion in one year. Not happening. As for the ships, you have the burden of proof, not me; several mods agreed that is implausible.
 * Several mods don't have proof. Like you said, I have the burden of proof. However, the fact that you state I have the burden of proof, only serves to prove that you crossed something out without any evidence showing that my action was implausible. As for the proof you want, the Maori built ships known as waka which were larger than the largest Viking longships. Waka were 130 ft long compared to the skeid, the biggest Viking ships, which were only about 98 ft long. So their certainly big enough to accomodate sails. OTL, the Maori did use sails, with one European explorer by the name of Tasman, reporting that his ship was attacked by two waka which had sails. So I possible the capability to use sails and use them effectively. As for the population, Liberia's population has been growing at 5% with little to no modern infrastructure to support it, so that would probably be the most plausible growth rate, so I apologise. ~Viva
 * Long =/= large. Wakas are very long, but not that large. Yeah, I've been growing at 5% with a very large ratio of females to males, but I'm guessing you could also do 5%.
 * Whilst I'm a supporter of mod solidarity, I must say that Viva's "ships" are actually, incredibly, plausible (incredible that the Maori had such vessels, not that what Vive said was plausible). According to this in the government-sponsored Te Ara maori encyclopedia, the largest waka "... could hold 100 people ..." and that "... the addition of sails enabled canoes to travel further and faster in the right conditions ..." A boat capable of carrying 20 more people would probably not be all that hard to envisage. The fact that the plural "sails" is used would suggest that multiple sails, and due to the sail arrangement used by polenesians, multiple masts were used. Therefore I conclude that  "multi-mast vessels ..." that "... shall hold 120 men each ..." are plausible. I cannot comment on tonnage. Regarding population, see my comment on last year's post. Callumthered (talk) 06:33, July 3, 2014 (UTC)
 * Looking back over your turn, I think that the loss of Maori spirituality is way too sudden; implausibly so. I don't think a few years of peace would have an entire traditional society losing their faith in the gods of their ancestors. Callumthered (talk) 10:03, July 3, 2014 (UTC)
 * I never said the religion was disappearing without cause, but that the role of religion in Maori society was simply lessening. The people adhere to the belief, but not in such a way that it overrides simple reasoning. The people are still spiritual, but not to the point where it controls their lives as in the past. To put it simply, science is becoming more and more dominant, and a simple wound doesn't call for the shaman to cut open an animal to pray that the wound doesn't fester and kill the person. Until explicitly stated, the Maori are still religious, just not burning crosses and thumb-screws religious. I won't comment on the ships, since that much is taken care of. ~VIva
 * You did say that the Maori gods of war have no further use in Maori life, which pretty much does say that the religion is disappearing. Without outside contact, it is officially the definition of implausible for a change to take place.
 * I've seen videos and read about these Wakas before, as long as you understand that they are long canoes and not large ships, then you're fine.
 * Vorlayacor:  A concerted push by the military claims 40 more pixels' worth of land in the northwest direction. Expansion will be halted until 1555 as the newly acquired territories become more integrated with Vorlayacoran society.
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while more mosques are built.
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. Marrikuwuyanga expand 400 px along the eastern coast. The Emperor faced with the threat of Buddhism undermining his position, started mass conversions of Buddhists to Yadaism [Yadaism is a combination of Buddhism and the worship of Emperor Yada Gulpilil], and the Supreme Council openly declared that Ayutthaya and Buddhists were demons, not celestial beings the Marrikuwuyanga had previously considered them to be and the Buddhists were now persecuted. Emperor Yada Gulpilil's soul had left his vessel (he is dead) and now would enter the body of Gulalin Gulpilil and fulfill the eternal rebirth or so the followers of Yadaism had said. For others, it appeared the nationalist Emperor Yada Gulpilil had been murdered and replaced by his Pro-Dutch son who was now controlled by the Supreme Council as a puppet ruler. The others as in Buddhists, however, were quite few in number and heavily persecuted; thus there seemed little point in anyone believing them. A deal for the purchase of Dutch cannons had been secured which had turned out to be extremely effective since there were barely any tribe that possessed firepower while the Marrikuwuyanga had the most modern firearms. This certainly increased Marrikuwuyanga's influence in the region. After the pledge of allegiance had been taken by the tribal leaders of the Gurindji and Mudbarra, Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil delighted; visited them along with a small force of 1000 men to discuss trade, co-operation, sale of firearms, Yadaism, etc. Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil was accompanied by the Tipuriririririmuta, one of the 12 members of the Supreme Council. The Emperor supplied the new tribal states of Mudbarra and Gurindji with the firearms and deployed 250 troops to each tribal state. They were assured that they would retain their culture and traditions and their tribal elders would be respected as long as they believed in Yadaism and they did not revolt, at which point they would suffer eternal pain. The Dutch East Indies Company is requested to build a university at Tapu and teach the Marrikuwuyangans [No anti-Yadaism stuff though >->]. This request was sent by the Supreme Council who considered the Dutch a great ally and believed learning from the Dutch would be certainly beneficial. Smallpox starts to spread and the people affected are ordered to be put to death although this decision does not stop smallpox from spreading. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Twelve dies by smallpox. Following this incident, the Royal family and Supreme Council retreat to safer areas whilst at the same time trying their best to reduce the spread of smallpox. Three more members of the Supreme Council fall to the disease leaving behind eight members keen on surviving at any cost. Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil's wife gives birth to two male babies both of which die in a few hours. At least 70,000 people have died and efforts to bring an end to smallpox continue.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize, too, had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go. The people have developed immunity to smallpox due to interaction with other nations for hundreds of years
 * Mudbarra: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firemans and are trained. Smallpox start to spread. [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * Gurindji: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firearms and are trained. Smallpox starts to spread [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * County of Oldenburg: The economy improves this year thanks to two factors. Firstly, the main banks decide to invest money in the Oldenburg-Osnabruck Road. The comital government is glad of the financial assistence, and are more than happy to give the banks a cut of the profits gained from the road tolls. The banks, with this seemingly solid capital lined up for them, are more willing to lend money to farmers, traders and settlers. The Jade Bank considers establishing a branch in Jacqueline, but decide against it for the moment. Secondly, in Neu Norderney, the OHG conducts its first proper fur hunt. A group of professional hunters are shipped to Jacqueline and spend three weeks in the hinterland hunting for the many small furry animals living there. They return to the settlement with a bumper haul. Many decide to remain in the lordship/colony as permanent OHG Hunting Agents. Those with families send word for them to sail across, and upon their arrival, many walk inland to build small isolated hamlets closer to the game.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Episcopal Bank invests in the road, and also in new university equipment.
 * Netherlands: With the campaigning in India over The East India Copmany congradulate the Empire of Urdistan and offer eternal thanks for the enclaves of Madras and Gujarat. As East India troops withdraw to the enclaves and back to Java more Indians are recruited to serve under the Dutch flag. In Sunda the riots and revolts grow larger as the finalization of the annexation occurs with the Sultan being reduced to a mere figurehead. The old Sultan rallies anti-Dutch elements to his banner and attempt a march on Jakarta. However, they are met by Veteran Company troops standing at 11,000 men - mostly of Indian origins with some Malay units mixed with them. The Indische Regimenten and Inheemse Regimenten quickly re-inforce the local regiments and beat the Sundanese rebels at the battle of the Danau River forcing them to scatter. The former sultan is captured himself and put under house arrest, while Company forces begin combing the country side. With Sunda now completely under Netherlander control a new administration made up mainly of natives educated in the University of Batavia is made and new agricultural laws are passed to favor spice production. Influence over the trade of the Spice Isles continues to grow. The new enclaves on the Indian subcontinent are placed under the administration of the East India Company and efforts to increase trade in the region begin. The Dutch offer Malacca protection from other powers in exchange for greater trade rights. The homeland continues to enjoy economic and cultural prosperity as the Kingdom enters their hundred years of existence. A grand festival is held throughout the country to honor the heroes of the Lowlands Revolt and to celebrate the victory. Heroism and Adventurism continue to take hold of the minds and hearts of the peotic and novelist circles of the Lowlands while art and architecture continue to develop and evolve. With Pskov still recovering from the Russian war Amsterdam expeirences a rapid growth in commercial importance making it the biggest port in Europe. Orientalism enjoys a revival as the Palace of the Orient is completed and quickly becomes a centre of cultural and artistic exchange specially under the guidance of the house of Mirza. The Universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to develop a strong humanities and sciences tradition producing generations of open minded and free thinking professionals. The cities of the lowlands continue to grow and develop. opium starts to become popular in the aristocratic and bourgoisie circles as a hobby. The house of Nassau-Orleans and the General-States pass a bill spliting the wealth of the Royal family from that of the State (OTL event that allows the state and the monarchs to perserve and use their capital. However, they see best without risking the other). The States-General pass a law formally granting the Jewish who have always been tolerated right to public worship (again, OTL tolerance) And guarantee them equality with the nation's Christians (once more OTL tolerance). Due to the important role of Jewish money and influence in the Kingdom's economy and cultural development no one minds this, specially since the Jewish population make up less then 4% of the national population. A census puts the Lowlands population at nearly 4,000,000 not including the population of the African, Asian and Hisperian holdings. The Wallonian artisans continue to grow in importance in the nation's economy as more and more goods are produced to sell abroad through the Dutch trading network. Lowland French continues to develop and split from common French. African regiments are recruited to serve in the West African Company and influence over the NIgerian states to the east of Benin start to grow. Education of the ruling elite along lowlands lines begin to facilitate administration of the region and intergrate the region into the Dutch empire. as promised limited autonomy is granted but French and Dutch become the official language of the nation despite the local lingo remaining tolerated. The slave trade continues to grow as slaves are sold to the New World empires and to the Indians. A total of 3000 to 5000 slaves are sold a year now throughout the Dutch trading empire. Naval expansion continues as more frigates are produced and the older ships are scuttled. The Dutch navy starts undergoing restructuring to replace the older ships with Frigates Brigantes and with the New Great Frigate developed in the docks of the Amsterdam. The GreatFrigate is the Dutch response to a flagship to compete with the Britannic and Spanish navies. Capable of holding 60 cannons, agile and durable. Three of these new ships are built and become the flagships of the Royal Navy, more are commissioned. The line infantry tactics created by the Spanish are finally implemented fuly into the New Model Army reforms and Dutch troops prove very efficient and disciplined. more muskets and cannons are produced. The Guiana Settlements continue to expands along the coastline and down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers a total of 20 pixels. Colonial settlements slowly grow in population as more settlers arive and settle down mainly women to marry the men who are serving in the garrison or the earlier settlers. The government sponsors a program to increase the number of females to help develop a first generation of local whites. intermarriage with the natives is generally looked down upon and conflicts with the Guiana tribes continues to grow as more land is taking for settling and plantations. The first successful sugar and tobacco crop are sold for massive amounts to the homeland and this gives greater incentive to invest in plantations in the New World. Paramaribo and New Antwerp grow into the cultural and economic hubs of the colony, While Macaba develops into a military stronghold due to its location on the mouth of the Amazon River. Exploration down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers continue. The old legend of the City of Gold start circulating again making more explorers attempt to the hinterland. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as sickness spreads amongst the Guiana tribes and skirmishes also grow. The total population of the colony now stands at 1500, 70% white settlers and 30% African slaves. The first Mulat generation are born (mulats are mulattos or mixed black and white bloods).
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering a peace of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. During a discussion between the Sabor and the King and his Ban, the head of the Šubić-Zrinskis attempts to assassinate the King with a handgun. Although the attempt is a failure, the bullet pierces through the heart of the head of the Frankopans instead. This leads to the head of the Šubić-Zrinskis' execution, and because of the death of the head of the formerly main branch of the Frankopans, the King and the Ban proclaim their former territory as free territory. Still living members of the family are bound to marry into other families or become members of the clergy. Some of them join the Brothers of the Raven, which continues spreading its influence in Croatia.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Theocracy begins to enter a golden age of trade, with the opening up of the Chinese markets along with the recent drop in import and export duties in Chinese ports. Fusahito merchants continue to build a trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading mainly with the Dutch and indigenous tribes. Also, traders from the Theocracy begin to see the benefits of the new alliance with the Sultanate of Malacca, providing them with a cheaper source of spices than from the Dutch colonies. Econ turn. Priests from the Theocracy are sent to the Uesugi dominions to continue to usurp the control of the Daimyo, something that was begun before the First Japanese War of Unification. Three of Eight.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 52, and his brother, Radu, now 51, resume growing the economy. A large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, an order for a full sized craft is placed. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year Five of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 25, continues the search for a wife, preferably of a nation close to Romania. An enquiry is made about a bride from Kiev. (Mod Response, Please). His sister Lilliana, now 17, begins to search for a suitable husband. Mircea attends schooling and learns a great deal from his father and uncle about leadership. His cousin Vladimir, however, despises the boy.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * The Tartary continues to expand eastward by 20,000 sq km. The economy grows as business returns to usual in the nation. Prince Paul turns one, and Princess Anna turns two. The Empress Royal is once again pregnant, this time with twins, who are named Princess Aygöl and Prince Virtän. A debate over polygamy occurs between priests of the Mastoravic faith, with those from Astrakhan supporting polygamy, while those from Obran-Osh, Qazan and Bolghar oppose it. The Supreme Priest remains ambivalent on the issue. The army continues to grow and be modernised. Supplies and weaponry are purchased from Dutch merchants and begin to be reverse-engineered by blacksmiths contracted by the crown in Sarai. In the East, an old Mongol rider, Sir Qishat of Mongolia, is reported to go mad by the local priest, who finds him after having gone off in "search of chivalric conquest". Several of the chivalric novels belonging to Sir Qishat are burnt. The Royal Court of Sarai conmissions the first university of the country, to be built in that city. Soon enough, plans for universities to be built are drafted in Old Sarai, Qazan and Obran-Osh. As the printing press makes its debut in the Tartary, the Mastorava beginst o be rapidly printed in many languages. The city of Fëdor-Sheher (or, in Mordvin, Ine-Fëdor-osh, or, in Russian, Sankt-Fyodor-gorod) continues to grow quickly; having been founded the very first year of Emperor Alexander's reign, Julian continues massive building programmes in that city as well as in New Sarai. It becomes an important port in transporting goods in the Tartary, leading to rising concern over control of the Straits of Kerch. The first merchants from what used to be the Koryak Confederacy, as well as Mangut Nivkhu, reach the Tartary. The nation is happy to meet new people to the uncharted east.
 * The Duchy of Perm drops, once and for all, the "Great" from its name. "Small Perm no longer exists, so why call ourselves Great Perm?", the Prince asks as justification. The Prince is also voted out for young Vycheg-Öl'öksan Volod' (or Vladimir Alexandrovich Vychegsky), a young Mastoravic merchant who recently inherited large amounts of money. He invests this money in the construction of many different trade posts across the Tartary, Central Asia and the Middle East, making a lot of money the first year. He also begins a central bank for the rouble, opening the largest banking business in the Tartary.
 * The Azovan Khanate continues the development of its miltiary. Large military modernisation occurs as a local army is grown. Ukrainian populations continue to be displaced. Many move to find new opportunities in the Far East, in Ketland and Buryatia. Others move to Ukrainian territories in Chernihiv, where Ukrainians are the overwhelming majority. The city of Özu-Cale, extremely heterogeneous (populated by Mordvins, Russians, Tatars, Crimean Goths and Jews alike) continues to boom as the tonnage capacities heavily increase. Many ships full of cotton, appleas and other goods from Bukhara, copper, gems, silver and iron from the Urals, and grain, rye and wheat from Ukraine and the western Tartary leave for Constantinople and Europe, and it becomes a haven for tradedrs from across the region. The burghers of Özu-Cale begin the construction of the foundations of Saint Vladimir's League, a trade league with bughers in Sochi, Donet'sk, Fëdor-Sheher and other cities in the Black Sea coast.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv develops its military, beginning military integration with the rest of the Tartary's domains. As the military is integrated, Tatar people come into the nation. They spread Mastoravism to many, especially in the eastern edges of the new vassal state. The nation's infrastructure is also developed as roads are created connecting the farms of Chernihiv with the ports in Azov. The population begins to grow because of immigration from Ukrainians in Azov. The Prince of Chernihiv, hand-picked by the Tatar Emperor, begins establishing Ukrainian folklore and language very different from Russian, trying to drive a wedge between Ukraine and the rest of the East Slavs.
 * The Khanate of Bukhara continues economic development. The population continues to grow rapidly as the cheap grain and potatoes from the Ukrainian vassals and Russia begin reaching the Bukharan markets large-scale. The economy grows as goods are easily imported from China and Iran and sent westward at higher prices. Permic merchants and Bukharan locals begin prospering. The Permic ruble begins to be adopted as the tender of use in most of the nation.
 * Novgorod: Kostroma is named the new capital city of our nation. Nikola Martin was named the new king of the nation at 21 years of age. We build but our economy buy trading with other Russian states. Our military starts to train troops. We send 16 ships to the island of Zemlya to set up some settlements. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The Timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources in homes.
 * Novgorod lost Saint Patriksburg last war with Scandinavia. You don't control the city.
 * Fixed it.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with the Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Tries to make trade: land, power over France and Spain. Tries to make allies With France, Spain, Britain. King Amerigo de Orode is the ruler - same dynasty as ruler in Foix. Seeks to make currency spread to places in Spain (Aragon) and Foix. 96% = Protestants, 4% = Catholic.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * Netherlands Dip: The States-General denounce the ill treatment of their religious brothers and request that the French stop persecuting the Reformed Christians, reminding them of the close ties between the French and the Netherlands and also reminding them that France has a long standing economic relationship with the Kingdom of the Netherlands whose sovereign is married to the daughter of the king of France.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Itzapam expands 50 px along the Pacific Coast.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1552, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1552, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. Magnus continues to rule as regent in Poland and his wife delivers a son, named Albrecht. Albrecht will be the future King of Poland, and the first member of the Habsburg-Wittelsbach Dynasty. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In February, Catherine travels to Augsburg to address the Reichsregiment. In doing so, she attempts to gather support for the Hessian Dynasty Act. One of the key princes is Friedrich II, Duke of Hamburg and Catherine's husband, who is present in Augsburg. Catherine hopes that her husband will vote positively on the act. In other news, Prince Albert will be betrothed to Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia in approximately thirteen years. In other news, Princess Amelia is born to Catherine and Friedrich. Knowing that there are many princes in the British royal family, Catherine sends letter to King Richard, offering Amelia's hand for betrothal and marriage once she turns eight years of age, in 1559. In diplomatic news, Bavaria hatches a deal with Scandinavia and Hamburg, offering to split Brandenburg three ways, with Bavaria beginning the vassalization of Mittelmark. Mittelmark contains Berlin, and the status of Electorate will remain with Mittelmark (Turn One out of Five).
 * Munchen: By 1552, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe, begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. In vassal news, the bishopric of Salzburg is annexed into Austria proper, after the Bishop agrees to become a vassal of the Archduke. Furthermore, the crowns of Bohemia, Brandenburg and Pomerania consolidate to be staple vassals of the Archduchy.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate-Savafid Empire Union: In the 20th year of Sultan Aashif's reign over the Mansurryian Sultanate, he is also officially installed as Shah Aashif of the Savafid Empire. Thus the Dual Sultan and Shah declares the Great Mansurryian-Savafid Union  A victory parade is held in the capital city of Baghdad and Tabriz, where Shah Aashif promises to restore order to the fractured nation. ' In order to this he divides the fractured Empire into multiple vassals in order to avoid overextension, and focus on centralization. The main vassal is the Kurdish Autonomous Vassal, AKA Kurdistan. Soldiers from the Mansurryian Sultanate are sent to the Safavid Empire in order to restore order. Anyone who opposes the authority of the Dual Sultan and Shah is ordered to be switfly put to death, this event is known as the Great Savafid Purge. Meanwhile, Sultan/Shah Aashif and the Grand Council discuss how to continue to centralize the Savafid Empire. Infra turn.'

1553
'''Nobles from across Poland ask for the return of Józef Szczuka, son of the rebel leader and deposed former king Sigismund Szczuka, back to power. Having married Agné Mockus, daughter of a powerful Lithuanian noble, he also has support from much of the Lithuanian szlachta or nobility. Calls for Jan Szczuka to succeed Magnus von Hapsburg-Wittelsbach are heard from most of the nobility.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: following the change of power in Poland, Hamburg follows Bavarias lead and begins an embargo on Poland, continuing to recognize Magnus Von Habsburg-Wittlesbach as the legitimate King. Meanwhile, political pressure is placed on the Altmark region of Brandenburg, beginning to divide it from the rest of the country (Turn One of Five). Williamsburg and Neue Lüneburg see great improvements to their economies. Neue Hamburg expands 20 px. In east Africa, economic pressure is put on al-Sumal, requesting trading rights in the region. The infrastructure is improved. In Münster, the Hamburgian Archbishop expands his nation's military with continued loans from Hamburg.
 * County of Holstien: Military and economy improved.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy improved.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, and Ulsan.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaneously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years, because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pomern: Another wave of immigrants, mainly persecuted minorities and Natives join the colony. Neu Pomern Rum begins to grow in popularity around the Imperial, and a production increases to meet the demand, and it's even used as partial payments to pirates in the region for guarding Neu Pomern ship, which actually saves the colony money as fewer ships are built to secure trade. Smallpox spread by colonists becomes more common amongst the natives, and many cheifdoms are scared or outraged. With the help of the Timicua tribe which is a power in the region and our ally, as well as with the help of the respected-amongst-Injuns Erich Zann to create an almost exclusivley Neu Pomern Injuns colony on in isolated OTL Freeport called Freihafen in the Bahamas and the colony of Neu Pomern buys their land for a fair price. (which is renamed the Seichtes Wasser Archipelago), and so 400 natives disembark on the island with, but are suprised but not too upset to find some native Arawaks, whom the Pomern Injuns open relations with. The colony of Freihafen is protected by patrols of Neu Pomern-hired privateers and the Injun colonists are given swords and rifles. Expansion continues 5px inland alongside Bancho Esterno border, but are unable to keep up with their expansion, 10 pixlels on the south shore hich now bends-west as the tip of OTL Florida is reached,  and 5 pixels on the newly colonized island in the Seichtes Wasser Archipelago.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 110 ships.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of territory lost to local inland tribes he abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Spanish. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 310,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 50 px at its northern settlement with the Colonial Administration Authority making it a priority to get an explored built up trail toward their Incan protectorate in order to transport troops and goods much more easily. and extends its borders south by 20 px reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support its received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 30,000 colonists . The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 2000.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make the first trip to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The Colonial authority finally ends the proper occupation of Oyo and pushes toward restoring the power to any oppressed ethnicities living in the area. From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grain. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in thirty-five elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is done. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. |onte's population rises to over 101,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IX continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon X, son of Mon IX and a Dutch woman declares himself Rikisi and travels to the newly formed kingdom of the  !Xoons (!Xoonte ?) to form friendsly diplomatic relations.

Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Nobles of both Polish and Lithuanian descent rally large portions of the peasantry and workers of the Commonwealth and organize major protests to depose the Hapsburg tyrant. After oppressive reactions by the government toward the protests, rioters begin to storm government buildings of Krakow. Rioters have captured Magnus Hapsburg-Wittelsbach resulting in his exile. Rioters have found Józef Szczuka and appointed him as the new King of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth. The Szczuka dynasty has now regained power and has established a new military of 40,000 to protect the nation’s sovereignty. Investments into the agricultural industry and the mining industry are taken place to expand the nation’s economy. We ask our allies of Romania, France, the Netherlands, and Scandinavia for financial aid in order to keep our nation together (I was told that these nations were my current allies). We offer Prussia a decent amount of money to reunite with our former territory of Mazovia. Economy is upgraded.
 * Romanian Dip: We offer financial aid and to sell Lever-lock muskets a dicounted rate.
 * Prussian Dip: The Prussians accept the Polish-Lithuanian offer.
 * Bavarian Dip: Due to the traitorous actions of the Polish government and the harm caused to the true King of Poland, Magnus, Bavaria will be severing all diplomacy with Poland. Furthermore, Bavaria will be totally embargoing Poland, and will considering the expulsion of all Polish citizens in the country.
 * Polish Dip: We gladly accept the Romanian offer and are happy to see that we can reunite with our Polish brethren in Mazovia. We view Bavaria's action as immature and request that we come toward a mutual understanding.
 * Bavarian Dip: Grand Duchess Catherine needs not to understand anything more than what she already does. A Wittelsbach King was ousted from his own God-ordained throne, and as a Wittelsbach herself, Catherine is highly insulted. The ousting of Magnus is, in fact, an insult to all of Bavaria. Grand Duchess Catherine will agree to a mutual co-operation so long as said co-operation ends with a Wittelsbach on the Polish throne.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1553, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1553, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. Magnus continues to rule as regent in Poland and his wife delivers a son, also named Magnus. Magnsu will be the future King of Poland, and the first member of the Habsburg-Wittelsbach Dynasty. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In other news, Prince Albert will be betrothed to Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia in approximately thirteen years. In other news, Princess Amelia is born to Catherine and Friedrich. Knowing that there are many princes in the British royal family, Catherine sends letter to King Richard, offering Amelia's hand for betrothal and marriage once she turns eight years of age, in 1559. In diplomatic news, Bavaria hatches a deal with Scandinavia and Hamburg, offering to split Brandenburg three ways, with Bavaria beginning the vassalization of Mittelmark. Mittelmark contains Berlin, and the status of Electorate will remain with Mittelmark (Turn Two out of Five). In Polish news, Catherine is outraged at the exile of her nephew Magnus from the Polish throne. In response to what she sees as a traitorous act, she requests that the Curia Bavaria accept a legislation drafted by her which would fully embargo Poland from all Bavarian stations of trade. The Curia Bavaria accepts, and a vote occurs. The legislation passes, and Poland is fully embargoed by Bavaria. Catherine calls upon the rest of the HRE to embargo Poland, and may consider not recognizing the new King of Poland or the Polish nation in general. War will not be declared. However, Catherine hopes to send a message that succintly shows that she considers the Polish government to now be traitorous and aggressive. Magnus I of Poland is welcome in Bavaria should he choose to come within the borders.
 * Munchen: By 1553, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with the Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * County of Oldenburg: The OHG's fur trade becomes immensely profitable, with all the pelts from last year sold. The pioneer hunters in the Neu Norderney hinterland are glad that they are needed, and they conduct a good hunt. This does bring them into conflict with the indigenous peoples, and there are more violent/negative interactions between them and the settlers. Lord Conrad establishes a landwehr from the male settler population and requests pikes and musquets from the County. Back in Oldenburg, the Regent-Prince-Bishop sends both the weapons and some more missionaries, as he believes that Catholic "Indians" would be less likely to attack fellow Christians. Work continues on the Oldenburg-Osnabruck Road upgrade, which is actually nearing completion.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the road.
 * Netherlands: With the campaigning in India over The East India Copmany congradulate the Empire of Urdistan and offer eternal thanks for the enclaves of Madras and Gujarat. As East India troops withdraw to the enclaves and back to Java more Indians are recruited to serve under the Dutch flag. In Sunda the riots and revolts grow larger as the finalization of the annexation occurs with the Sultan being reduced to a mere figurehead. The old Sultan rallies anti-Dutch elements to his banner and attempt a march on Jakarta. However, they are met by Veteran Company troops standing at 11,000 men - mostly of Indian origins with some Malay units mixed with them. The Indische Regimenten and Inheemse Regimenten quickly re-inforce the local regiments and beat the Sundanese rebels at the battle of the Danau River forcing them to scatter. The former sultan is captured himself and put under house arrest, while Company forces begin combing the country side. With Sunda now completely under Netherlander control a new administration made up mainly of Natives educated in the University of Batavia is made and new agricultural laws are passed to favor spice production. Influence over the trade of the Spice Isles continues to grow. The new enclaves on the Indian subcontinent are placed under the administration of the East India Company and efforts to increase trade in the region begin. The Dutch offer Malacca protection from other powers in exchange for greater trade rights. The homeland continues to enjoy economic and cultural prosperity as the Kingdom enters their hundred years of existence. A grand festival is held throughout the country to honor the heroes of the Lowlands Revolt and to celebrate the victory. Heroism and Adventurism continue to take hold of the minds and hearts of the peotic and novelist circles of the Lowlands while art and architecture continue to develop and evolve. With Pskov still recovering from the Russian war Amsterdam expeirences a rapid growth in commercial importance making it the biggest port in Europe. Orientalism enjoys a revival as the Palace of the Orient is completed and quickly becomes a centre of cultural and artistic exchange specially under the guidance of the house of Mirza. The Universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to develop a strong humanities and sciences tradition producing generations of open minded and free thinking professionals. The cities of the lowlands continue to grow and develop. opium starts to become popular in the aristocratic and bourgoisie circles as a hobby. The house of Nassau-Orleans and the General-States pass a bill spliting the wealth of the Royal family from that of the State (OTL event that allows the state and the monarchs to perserve and use their capital. However, they see best without risking the other). The States-General pass a law formally granting the Jewish who have always been tolerated right to public worship (again, OTL tolerance) And guarantee them equality with the nation's Christians (once more OTL tolerance). Due to the important role of Jewish money and influence in the Kingdom's economy and cultural development no one minds this, specially since the Jewish population make up less then 4% of the national population. A census puts the Lowlands population at nearly 4,000,000 not including the population of the African, Asian and Hisperian holdings. The Wallonian artisans continue to grow in importance in the nation's economy as more and more goods are produced to sell abroad through the Dutch trading network. Lowland French continues to develop and split from common French. African regiments are recruited to serve in the West African Company and influence over the NIgerian states to the east of Benin start to grow. Education of the ruling elite along lowlands lines begin to facilitate administration of the region and intergrate the region into the Dutch empire. as promised limited autonomy is granted but French and Dutch become the official language of the nation despite the local lingo remaining tolerated. The slave trade continues to grow as slaves are sold to the New World empires and to the Indians. A total of 3000 to 5000 slaves are sold a year now throughout the Dutch trading empire. Naval expansion continues as more frigates are produced and the older ships are scuttled. The Dutch navy starts undergoing restructuring to replace the older ships with Frigates Brigantes and with the New Great Frigate developed in the docks of the Amsterdam. The GreatFrigate is the Dutch response to a flagship to compete with the Britannic and Spanish navies. Capable of holding 60 cannons, agile and durable. Three of these new ships are built and become the flagships of the Royal Navy, more are commissioned. The line infantry tactics created by the Spanish are finally implemented fuly into the New Model Army reforms and Dutch troops prove very efficient and disciplined. more muskets and cannons are produced. The Guiana Settlements continue to expands along the coastline and down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers a total of 20 pixels. Colonial settlements slowly grow in population as more settlers arrive and settle down mainly women to marry the men who are serving in the garrison or the earlier settlers. The government sponsors a program to increase the number of females to help develop a first generation of local whites. intermarriage with the natives is generally looked down upon and conflicts with the Guiana tribes continues to grow as more land is taking for settling and plantations. The first successful sugar and tobacco crop are sold for massive amounts to the homeland and this gives greater incentive to invest in plantations in the New World. Paramaribo and New Antwerp grow into the cultural and economic hubs of the colony, While Macaba develops into a military stronghold due to its location on the mouth of the Amazon River. Exploration down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers continue. The old legend of the City of Gold start circulating again making more explorers attempt to the hinterland. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as sickness spreads amongst the Guiana tribes and skirmishes also grow. The total population of the colony now stands at 1500, 70% white settlers and 30% African slaves. The first Mulat generation are born (mulats are mulattos or mixed black and white bloods).
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering a peace of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. During a discussion between the Sabor and the King and his Ban, the head of the Šubić-Zrinskis attempts to assassinate the King with a handgun. Although the attempt is a failure, the bullet pierces through the heart of the head of the Frankopans instead. This leads to the head of the Šubić-Zrinskis' execution, and because of the death of the head of the formerly main branch of the Frankopans, the King and the Ban proclaim their former territory as free territory. Still living members of the family are bound to marry into other families or become members of the clergy. Some of them join the Brothers of the Raven, which continues spreading its influence in Croatia.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to economy in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We build but our economy buy trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. On the island of Zemlya we set up a port city called Tomsk. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The Timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources in homes. We ask Scandinavia for an alliance. We start to vassalize the gray nation to the west of us.
 * Scar that grey state is Pskov, and Lg is still playing as Pskov so yuo cannot vassalize it. Also you just fought a war with Scandinavia.
 * Waikato Maori: The Waikato settle an additional 5000 km of land, moving to settle the last unclaimed bits of North Island within the next five years. The population of the Waikato Maori expands by 4.7% (to 109,935 people), as the supply of food, decrease in conflict, and access to better trained midwives, allows the Maori population to growth safely and without issue. The economy of the Waikato Maori is expanded. Akuhata capitalizes on the people's declaration of him being the son of a god to tighten his control over his government. Using what he calls "matau o te atua", or "the right of God", effectively declaring that he has the sole right to rule over his people, and to do use as he sees fit. He overrides the broad powers of his chieftains, who attempted to stop his exploration of Ahitereiria in the years past, and has them executed on the grounds of treason, attempting to prevent him from guiding his people in the name of the gods. However, to ensure the loyalty of the people, Akuhata plays the act in a "just" manner, giving the condemned trials, but carefully working it to give the impression the men are in fact guilty of their crimes while the people are none the wiser. Such is his ploy, that absolutely none of the people discover the truth, and even the shamen of the Maori who often shadow Akuhata's steps, have discovered nothing. 127 chieftains are killed by Akuhata, and replaced by younger, more progressive-thinking chieftains he has handpicked himself, to serve as his lords in the new land. These new chieftains served by his side during the campaigns of the past, and are extremely loyal to Akuhata and his ideals. To aid him in controlling the people, Akuhata spends a considerable amount of time building a secret police force known as the Tekitea, or the "Unseen", to serve as his eyes, ears, and hands through his kingdom. The five hundred man force swears its undying loyalty to Akuhata, marking themselves with black ash to symbolize their dedication and devotion to Akuhata. They wear black cloaks as their identifying clothing, and carry sharp, iron weapons to aid them in their missions. Akuhata establishes a system of runners to use the roads his has constructed to carry messages between the Tekitea cells he has placed all across the country to give out orders to those cells he requires to act immediately. The first mission of the Tekitea is to tie up any loose ends from the execution of the old chieftains, and deal with all of those who were responsible for helping him kill off the old guard. Elsewhere, Akuhata begins to sell the idea of the Maori changing their beliefs from a war-driven one, to a development-driven one. Using the Tekitea, Akuhata forces the shamen of his land to tell of a story where a great war took place during the wars of Akuhata, during which the gods of the Maori fought one another to determine who would guide their people to glory. Akuhata was deemed the victor, though many gods died in the process, including Io, the parentless god, leaving only one unknown god selected to succeed him, Whakamua, the god of thought, progress, and building. Whakamua survived the war because he chose to stay out of it rather than choose sides, and was thus considered the best god to replace the old because he exemplified the growing desire for peace. Akuhata begins to promote the cult of Whakamua through his secret police, and threatens to kill any of the shamen who attempt to deviate from the practice of Whakamua. To ensure this, Akuhata has three Tekitea shadow the movements of every shaman in his kingdom, one who will always be known to the shaman, and two who will never show themselves to him. This will make it so that any shamen who believe themselves to be safe and attempt to tell the truth should they manage to evade the known Tekitea, will be killed immediately by the two unknown Tikitea. Elsewhere, the construction of vessels designed for long-distance trade under construction. Given the waves of the ocean, the Maori shipbuilders make the draft of the vessels deeper, and using the space generated by the deeper hulls, use it to hold additional cargo bound for the Polynesian islands. This is done at the expense of crew space, lowering the planned number of men from 100 to 40. However, if the voyage is much shorter, the vessels can accommodate about 100 passengers, but whatever food they bring with them is all the food they would have that entire time. Though much work remains to be done, the shipbuilders believe they have a good start so far.
 * Vorlayacor: Public hatred toward Spain continues to slowly decline. Roads, Mapuche settlements, and new governments are established in the new territories, solidifying their position as Vorlayacoran provinces. Garen dies of a mysterious illness and is replaced by a man named Xin Zhao. The new national flag is hoisted in Nov Xoryan as part of the first National Day ceremony; this festival is meant to garner patriotism and remind citizens of their roots as Mapuche and as Hesperians. More people begin to join the military.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The Bavarian Deals are accepted. Scandinavia begins vassalizing Neumark as Bavaria works on vassalizing her own claims to Brandenburg. The Hamburg deals are also accepted. Scandinavia expands its military as military forts around Scandinavia are renovated with better supplies and fortifications. The road from Schleswig to Pomerania, which travels through Hamburg, is planned to be restored next year. In the meantime, the First and Second Scandinavian fleets are upgraded after seeing action during the war with Russia. The fleets, which came out victorious, are bolstered with new ships. Spanish Galleon technology is used in the newest flagship of the First Fleet: Mjolnir. The keel for Mjolnir is laid this year in Stockholm docks.
 * Finland: The military is expanded while Finland expands 3500 sq km northward.
 * Greater Ingria: The military is expanded.
 * Karelia: The military is expanded while Karelia expands 3500 sq km into Saami territory.
 * Pomerania: The infrastructure is rebuilt.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded.
 * Strombek: Strombek expands its militia as Fort Kunsfell grows. The colony expands by 2000 sq km down the St Lawrence River.
 * Vinland: The militia is expanded as Vinland expands by 2000 sq km up the coast into uninhabited territory.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military Improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 10% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 879,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (108,000) with Cuzco coming in second (72,000), followed by Peru (22,000), Machu Picchu (20,000) and Sican (15,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire.
 * Chiribayasuyu: Population of the nation hits 55,000, which is still less than half of that before the wars with the Inca. The Army of Chiribayasuyu is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. The territory remains under martial law, as it lacks an established structure like the Inca.  Economy '  improves.'
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while more mosques are built.
 * The Tartary continues eastward expansion. Growth into Siberia continues at an exceedingly fast rate. Ukrainians and Tatars are the main drivers of expansion eastward, while Jurchens, both in the Baikal and in Tungusic lands in the Far East, begin to be influenced and settled down. The population grows heavily through a high natural rate as well as immigration; the population is expected to reach 11 million by 1560. The military is developed as national co-ordination occurs with the rest of the vassal states to the west. The infrastructure is also developed, with roads to be built connecting the Volga cities as well as the Far East and Ukraine. The nation continues assuring the independence of Azeria and Hyrcania. A new ship is planned in Ine'-Fedor-Osh, which continues growing as one of the most rapidly growing cities of the Tartary.
 * Perm develops its military and its infrastructure. The population grows, as many Komi move into the nation from Russian states. The cities of Kolvakvar and Cherdyn are developed, as is Pokcha, which is rebuilt from disrepair. Trade posts continue to be built by Prince Volod'.
 * Azov: Develops its military. Ozu-Cale grows.
 * Chernihiv: Develops its economy.
 * Bukhara: Develops its economy.
 * Avelinia (AKA Banche Esterno): Expands 20 px south (due to being Rome's protectorate) next to New Pomerana.

New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples. Explorers seek to travel farther west.


 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 53, and his brother, Radu, now 52, resume growing the economy. A second large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year Six of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 26, desperate to find a wife, and under pressure from the people marries the beautiful and capable daughter of one of the Transylvanian nobles. His sister Lilliana, now 18, continues to search for a suitable husband. Mircea attends schooling and learns a great deal from his father and uncle about leadership. His cousin Vladimir, however, despises the boy.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: The Great Safavid Purge continues as all those who oppose the dual Sultan and Shah are put to death. Meanwhile, the Grand Council continues to discuss what to do after the GSP.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer named James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid continue ahead of schedule. The Admiralty Board, pleased with the success of the construction, commissions a third ship called the HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities. Emperor Richard IV decides to travel Europe in effort to continue fostering postive relations with the Empire and the mainland, His stops include France, the Netherlands, Hamburg, and Oldenburg. He also plans on travelling to Oslo in Scandinavia. The Empire signs the Third Treaty of Delhi and sends troops to bolster new lands provided by the treaty. The Colonial Authority appoint Maximilian GrandPre as Governor of the Britannic Port of Katrina and outer lands. Britannia begins to influence Ghana (Turn One of Three). A new colony is founded on the island of Hispaniola in the Imperial Sea, the colony is named Port William after one of the Emperor's children.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish colony of Nuaphail expands 1000 sq km west. Nuaphail is renamed New Dublin after the capital of the united Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire Sees large population growth. The New Oxford Harbour is expanded to accommodate the larger ships. A new shipyard is constructed in Borealia.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples. Explorers seek to travel farther west.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe, begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. In vassal news, the bishopric of Salzburg is annexed into Austria proper, after the Bishop agrees to become a vassal of the Archduke. Furthermore, the crowns of Bohemia, Brandenburg and Pomerania consolidate to be staple vassals of the Archduchy. We fully embargo Poland from all Austrian realms for their exile of Magnus von Habsburg-Wittelsbach.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px along the Gulf Coast. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.

1554
'''Remember, Brandenburg and Pomeriania are totally RESISTANT to all foreign influences. No vassalization of them, period -Feud'''

'''Pomerania has already been vassalized by Crim (as of 1551), who in turn said  he got clearance from three different mods. As of now, IATG, Crim and I have been vassalizing separate parts of Brandenburg, which I assumed was okay since he vassalized Pomerania, and furthermore since no mods have said anything up until this point. Also, since he vassalized Pomerania without any problem, I assumed that the mod event was not being taken to consideration and/or it had little enforcement, or the Brandenburger and Pomeranian governments weren't strong enough to combat foreign influence. -Cookie'''

Crim said you agreed to allow him to vassalize Pomerania, Feud, I tried to bring this up on the talk page a few days ago, but no one responded. -Guy
 * Also, Crim said the two other mods were Mp and Fed, two longtime allies of his. So I doubt the neutrality of them. -Guy


 * I see no problem with the vassailation of Brandenburg. On the other hand, I find it really funny that IATG takes unspeakable offence to being called a "mscrony" or having his actions questioned because of his bias, but calls us biased every time we decide something that doesn't go his way. -Fed


 * That's because you are biased. You have a history of being biased. Feud is taking over chunks of heavily-populated land, and has only had one or two minor revolts, and a tribe prevent him from expanding up the Kongo. But Imp takes over Tunis, and the entire place revolts because it's Muslim. It seems that every player who you don't approve of simply can't hold onto land after they get into it with you or the other mods. Why are you making an exception now? You didn't make one for Sky when he attempted to vassalize another nation in India. You didn't make one for Imp when he tried to keep Tripoli under control. You wouldn't allow one for me when I tried to make peace with Ghana. And you didn't make one for Eip for the same reasons as Sky. Why only for Brandenburg and in Crim's case? Don't tell me your reneging on a mod event simply because it's Crim doing it. ~Viva


 * I'm pretty much neutral on this, but I can't help but notice that the mods for this game can't even organize themselves and are failing their duties miserably, and I find it ironic Feud is the ASB-hunter. Might as well be Local or Guns. Kurt Cobain&#39;s Haircut (talk)


 * I was in a car accident that essentially crippled me for the next six months. Excuse me for being absent to tend to obvious inuries as well as the fact that a friend died from this accident as of last night. I'm SOOOOOOOO sorry I can't do my full duties when I'm supremely injured and having to deal now with the death of a friend. As for Brandenburg and Pomerania it was meant to be untouchable to anyone for the next almost 50 - 100 years without invasion. When i said ANY INFLUENCE i meant it. The entire thing about Brandenburg and Pomeranian influencing needs to be retconned. -Feud


 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Economic influence on al-Sumal continues (Two of Five), as Hamburgian merchants move into the nation and set up shop, and Hamburgian merchant ships make the nation a stop to the Friedrich Inseln. Following a recent pirate raid on the North Sea entrance, the entrances and exits of the Kiel Canal are fortified. Snaphaunces are fully adopted by the army. The Navy commissions several new ships: larger than the previous designs, based on the known characteristics of the galleons of the notable powers, but smaller. Williamsburg and Neue Lüneburg expand their economies. Neue Hamburg expands by 20 px as new colonists arrive. Infrastructure expands. In Münster, the Hamburgian Archbishop continues to rely on loans from Hamburg to support the country. With the dependence it has on Hamburg, Münster essentially become a puppet.
 * County of Holstein: Military and economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities. Unlike the Austrians and the Bavarians the Prussians officially recognize Józef Szczuka as the new King of Poland. The Prussians officially allow anyone willing to trade with Poland to use Prussian ports as a way to outmaneuver the Austro-Bavarian embargo. a popular new play is created lambasting the deposed Magnus von Habsburg-Wittelsbach as both a ruthless oppressive tyrant and easily manipulated puppet of Austria and Bavaria. The play is called Die Sockenmarionette König (German for "The Sock-puppet King").
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pomern: Another wave of immigrants, mainly persecuted minorities and Natives join the colony. The first orange harvest is in and much of it heads straight to the port-market where the demand was high, some also going into making some orange-rum (that should be popular); as a result for high demand several more orchards are planted. The Freihafen colony in the in the Seichtes Wasser Archipelago increases as several more tribes take the deal of isolating themselves on the island, and orange and tobacco seeds are donated to allow the tribes to produce something of worth, and also a small port is built. Some of the local Arawaks have also joined the colony, but the order is given to the German in charge of the colony that the tribe may have to be annexed or exterimanted as free space on the island begins to fade. Expansion continues 5px inland alongside Bancho Esterno border, 10 pixlels on the south-west shore hich now bends-west as the tip of OTL Florida is reached,  and 5 pixels on the newly colonized island in the Seichtes Wasser Archipelago.
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. Marrikuwuyanga expand 400 px along the eastern coast. The Emperor faced with the threat of Buddhism undermining his position, started mass conversions of Buddhists to Yadaism [Yadaism is a combination of Buddhism and the worship of Emperor Yada Gulpilil], and the Supreme Council openly declared that Ayutthaya and Buddhists were demons, not celestial beings the Marrikuwuyanga had previously considered them to be and the Buddhists were now persecuted. Emperor Yada Gulpilil's soul had left his vessel (he is dead) and now would enter the body of Gulalin Gulpilil and fulfill the eternal rebirth or so the followers of Yadaism had said. For others, it appeared the nationalist Emperor Yada Gulpilil had been murdered and replaced by his Pro-Dutch son who was now controlled by the Supreme Council as a puppet ruler. The others as in Buddhists, however, were quite few in number and heavily persecuted; thus there seemed little point in anyone believing them. A deal for the purchase of Dutch cannons had been secured which had turned out to be extremely effective since there were barely any tribe that possessed firepower while the Marrikuwuyanga had the most modern firearms. This certainly increased Marrikuwuyanga's influence in the region. After the pledge of allegiance had been taken by the tribal leaders of the Gurindji and Mudbarra, Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil delighted; visited them along with a small force of 1000 men to discuss trade, co-operation, sale of firearms, Yadaism, etc. Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil was accompanied by the Tipuriririririmuta, one of the 12 members of the Supreme Council. The Emperor supplied the new tribal states of Mudbarra and Gurindji with the firearms and deployed 250 troops to each tribal state. They were assured that they would retain their culture and traditions and their tribal elders would be respected as long as they believed in Yadaism and they did not revolt, at which point they would suffer eternal pain. The Dutch East Indies Company is requested to build a university at Tapu and teach the Marrikuwuyangans [No anti-Yadaism stuff though >->]. This request was sent by the Supreme Council who considered the Dutch a great ally and believed learning from the Dutch would be certainly beneficial. Smallpox starts to spread and the people affected are ordered to be put to death although this decision does not stop smallpox from spreading. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Twelve dies by smallpox. Following this incident, the Royal family and Supreme Council retreat to safer areas whilst at the same time trying their best to reduce the spread of smallpox. Three more members of the Supreme Council fall to the disease leaving behind eight members keen on surviving at any cost. Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil's wife gives birth to two male babies both of which die in a few hours. At least 70,000 people have died and efforts to bring an end to smallpox continue.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize, too, had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go. The people have developed immunity to smallpox due to interaction with other nations for hundreds of years
 * Mudbarra: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firemans and are trained. Smallpox start to spread. [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * Gurindji: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firearms and are trained. Smallpox starts to spread [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grains and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in forty elephants being killed. An expansion to the elephant pen is done. |onte is rich with money made from elephant hunting, as they have nothing to spend the money on. |onte's population rises to over 101,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IX continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon X brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: After the declaration of an embargo from both Bavaria and the Austrian realm, our troops have seized the Amber Road, the main land line connection from the Rus’ and other eastern states. Due to this seizure our trade with the east has started to bloom. King Józef Szczuka has proposed an embargo against Bavaria and the Austrian realm to the General Sejm. This proposal was soon unanimously voted for by all 70 senators and 50 deputies. With the seizure of the Amber Road in the Commonwealth all eastern merchants and traders are redirected away from the borders toward Polish-Lithuanian settlements and those of other allies to our state such as Romania and Prussia. We thank the Prussians for allowing other sovereignties to use their ports in order to export our large and fine quantities of grain, cereal and wheat; as well as iron. A request is made to the Netherlands for a large scale trade agreement in order to export our vast abundance of foodstuffs. As a domestic investment, more grain mills are constructed, and acres of land are gifted to some of the nobles in order to increase production of foodstuff. As of recent actions of the Austrian regime our military is raised to 50,000 in the case of a foreign invasion. Following the exile of Magnus von Hapsburg-Wittelsbach much of the German populace are leaving on their own accord to Prussia and Austria. King Józef Szczuka and Agné Szczuka of House Mockus have their first two children who are twins - both of which different genders. They are named Prince Casimir Szczuka III and Princess Jadwiga Szczuka I.
 * Prussian Diplomacy : The Prussians offer to give King Józef and his family a private showing of ``Die Sockenmarionette König`` which has been politely translated into Polish. It is expected that the King would enjoy a play fiercely mocking the highly unpopular Magnus von Habsburg-Wittelsbach.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Diplomacy: King Józef Szczuka would be delighted to see the play publicly displayed in the capital.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Diplomacy: We request a deal to be made with our ally of the Scandinavian Empire in order to export our wheat for decent prices.
 * Netherlander Dip: The Netherlands agree to open up trade with the Poles through Prussia seeing a chance to finally access the markets of Eastern Europe without dealing with tariffs. The Dutch offer to let Polish agricultural goods go through the Dutch trade network without tariffs if they are sold to the Dutch at cheap prices.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Diplomacy: We accept the Dutch offer and will begin exporting our foodstuffs.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaneously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years, because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 110 ships.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of Territory lost to local inland tribes he abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Spanish. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 27,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 310,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands the areas around its main settlements by 50 px at its northern settlement with the Colonial Administration Authority making it a priority to get an explored built up trail toward their Incan protectorate in order to transport troops and goods much more easily. and extends its borders south by 20 px reach the Straits of Torez (OTL Straits of Magellan). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. New Spain hearing about attacks in Uruguay becoming a major concern stages a campaign into the Uruguay area and rounds up hundreds of natives killing them ruthlessly for the Spanish settlers they killed. Along with this, a huge swath of forest surrounding multiple Uruguayan encampments is burned and those fleeing are killed. An Interpreter is forced to leave a message with the surviving tribes in the area making it known that, if the natives attack Spanish settlements, then the Spanish will attack their settlements. With some of these attacks the Spanish recover huge troves of weapons stolen from settlerments and its made an enslavement or Punishable by death offense for a non authorized native to carry these weapons.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 30,000 colonists . The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 2000.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make the first trip to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The Colonial authority finally ends the proper occupation of Oyo and pushes toward restoring the power to any oppressed ethnicities living in the area. From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with the Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Seeks to find trade and expand their currency. Will accept any land, building. More pick men (Lantza gizon) and less line infantry (Mosketea) 90% Basque tries to make France, Spain, allies. Makes currency ducats 4.12. Religion Is 96% Protestant, 3% Catholic, 1 % other. King Amerigo de Oroylo.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: We continue to vassalize Mittelmark (Turn Three out of Five). Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1554, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1554, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. Magnus continues to rule as regent in Poland and his wife delivers a son, also named Magnus. Magnsu will be the future King of Poland, and the first member of the Habsburg-Wittelsbach Dynasty. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In other news, Prince Albert will be betrothed to Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia in approximately thirteen years. In Polish news, Grand Duchess Catherine continues to embargo Poland, and will do so until 1560, from there on, all Polish merchants in Bavaria will be taxed heavily and only able to operate in certain areas. Grand Duchess Catherine has made this decision in knowledge that the Poles are totally unwilling and un-co-operative to any sort of compromise or negotiation. Furthermore, Catherine views the Polish inability to strike a decent deal, and the Prussian theatrical insults, as petty. The Grand Duchess explains that once the embargo wears off by 1560, Bavaria will have no part in eastern pettiness. In other news, Bavaria petitions the Scandinavian, British, and Hispanic Empires for renewed alliances and trade deals. In dynastic news, the betrothal of Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia and Prince Albert still stands.
 * Munchen: By 1554, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * In the Empire of Madagasikara, tensions have officially spilled over as native culture violently reinstates itself. Ignacio, who has ruled since 1533, was considered mentally insane by many of his close advisers after about a decade of ruling. When he had all of his advisers finally executed for ruling on his behalf, his craziness really began to show to the Council of Elders, which had taken a backseat in Madagasikaran politics due to a series of effective monarchs. The Council then organized a coup to overthrow Ignacio and put his cousin, Carlos in command. Meanwhile, Ignacio organized his own military using his large wealth and promises of land from the "traitors." As Spain had a treaty with Ignacio, the Spanish governor originally was readying to back the mad king, but Carlos swore fealty to the King of Spain, making Madagasikara a Spanish vassal. The Spanish force on the island, along with Carlos' loyal forces, manage to easily crush Ignacio, who is then sent to "rule" over a remote part of Dina Kely. The vassal states all swear allegiance to the King of Spain, at Carlos' urging. Meanwhile, Carlos passes the title of Emperor of Madagasikara to the King of Spain, and instead goes as the King over Madagasikara.
 * County of Oldenburg: Work continues on the road resurfacing. The military is expanded.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Work continues on the road.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering a peace of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. During a discussion between the Sabor and the King and his Ban, the head of the Šubić-Zrinskis attempts to assassinate the King with a handgun. Although the attempt is a failure, the bullet pierces through the heart of the head of the Frankopans instead. This leads to the head of the Šubić-Zrinskis' execution, and because of the death of the head of the formerly main branch of the Frankopans, the King and the Ban proclaim their former territory as free territory. Still living members of the family are bound to marry into other families or become members of the clergy. Some of them join the Brothers of the Raven, which continues spreading its influence in Croatia.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Novgorod: We build our economy by trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The Timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources in homes.
 * Waikato Maori: The Waikato expand their domain by 5000 km, settling new lands in the southeastern corner of North Island. The economy of the Waikato is expanded as the population continues to grow, increasing by 5.1%. Akuhata continues to promote the cult of Whakamua, encouraging the production of idols in his name to increase the realty of the god and its growing power in the land. Though some Maori do not like that the old gods have come to pass, many adopt the new, singular one out of respect for Akuhata and his achievements. The Tekitea delivers its first report to Akuhata, detailing its accomplishments against the enemies of the Waikato. To ensure that the message can always make it to Akuhata without having to rely on a runner who could be killed, and therefore his words with him, the Tekitea develops a written code that they teach to Akuhata, so that a message can be written down and delivered, meaning that if the runner is killed en route to Tāmaki Makaurau, if his body is recovered, the message can be sent to Akuhata by another runner. Impressed with the system, Akuhata decides to use the code to break the power of the shamen who control the history of his people through their oral traditions. As custom, the elders of the Maori pass on the stories of the Maori and their leaders by word of mouth alone. If one man is unfavorable in the eyes of the people's leaders, the elders need only change the message they have kept for their people, and no one would be the wiser as time goes on. Additionally, the lack of continuity in the stories as time progresses, means that what the elders speak of in the present could have changed dramatically since the time the story was first told. As such, the Maori could easily be disunited overtime without a single story for them all that anyone can access, based on what really happened. Thus, Akuhata commissions the research into way of archiving the information of his reign and the events of his people without the flawed system of his elders. Some of those commissioned by Akuhata have suggested carving the words of thinkers onto pieces of wood, and storing them for future reading. Akuhata blesses the idea, and orders his most trusted men to write down the history of his people for future generations. Thus far, only a few men know of the Tekitea code, and are permitted to write it down. The Maori continue their trade with the Polynesian islands, but push further north in search of other markets to trade with. In Whītī, Kanaki, Vanuatu, and Tonga, embassies are established by the Maori to conduct political affairs in the region. A number of Maori merchants move to the islands to conduct business, bringing with them their families and servants. Thus, the formation of permanent Maori communities throughout Polynesia begin to take form. Construction of the pakake vessels begins in earnest once the design has been finalized. Akuhata requests that thirty of the vessels be built at his purpose-built shipyard in Tāmaki Makaurau, where they shall be trading with the islands in the region for all sorts of goods. The hulls of the first five pakake vessels are laid down and construction begins immediately.
 * Netherlands: With the capmpaigning in India over The East India Copmany congradulate the Empire of Urdistan and offer eternal thanks for the enclaves of Madras and Gujarat. As East India troops withdraw to the enclaves and back to Java more Indians are recruited to serve under the Dutch flag. In Sunda the riots and revolts grow larger as the finalization of the annexation occurs with the Sultan being reduced to a mere figurehead. The old Sultan rallies anti-Dutch elements to his banner and attempt a march on Jakarta. However, they are met by Veteran Company troops standing at 11,000 men -  mostly of Indian origins with some Malay units mixed with them. The Indische Regimenten and Inheemse Regimenten quickly re-inforce the local regiments and beat the Sundanese rebels at the battle of the Danau River forcing them to scatter. The former sultan is captured himself and put under house arrest, while Company forces begin combing the country side. With Sunda now completely under Netherlander control a new administration made up mainly of Natives educated in the University of Batavia is made and new agricultural laws are passed to favor spice production. Influence over the trade of the Spice Isles continues to grow. The new enclaves on the Indian subcontinent are placed under the administration of the East India Company and efforts to increase trade in the region begin. The Dutch offer Malacca protection from other powers in exchange for greater trade rights. The homeland continues to enjoy economic and cultural prosperity as the Kingdom enters their hundred years of existence. A grand festival is held throughout the country to honor the heroes of the Lowlands Revolt and to celebrate the victory. Heroism and Adventurism continue to take hold of the minds and hearts of the peotic and novelist circles of the Lowlands while art and architecture continue to develop and evolve. With Pskov still recovering from the Russian war Amsterdam expeirences a rapid growth in commercial importance making it the biggest port in Europe. Orientalism enjoys a revival as the Palace of the Orient is completed and quickly becomes a centre of cultural and artistic exchange specially under the guidance of the house of Mirza. The Universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to develop a strong humanities and sciences tradition producing generations of open minded and free thinking professionals. The cities of the lowlands continue to grow and develop. opium starts to become popular in the aristocratic and bourgoisie circles as a hobby. The house of Nassau-Orleans and the General-States pass a bill spliting the wealth of the Royal family from that of the State (OTL event that allows the state and the monarchs to preserve and use their capital. However, they see best without risking the other). The States-General pass a law formally granting the Jewish who have always been tolerated right to public worship (again OTL tolerance) And guarantee them equality with the nation's Christians (once more OTL tolerance). Due to the important role of Jewish money and influence in the Kingdom's economy and cultural development no one minds this, especially since the Jewish population make up less then 4% of the national population. A census puts the Lowlands population at nearly 4,000,000 not including the population of the African, Asian and Hisperian holdings. The Wallonian artisans continue to grow in importance in the nation's economy as more and more goods are produced to sell abroad through the Dutch trading network. Lowland French continues to develop and split from common French. African regiments are recruited to serve in the West African Company and influence over the NIgerian states to the east of Benin start to grow. Education of the ruling elite along lowlands lines begin to facilitate administration of the region and intergrate the region into the Dutch empire. as promised limited autonomy is granted but French and Dutch become the official language of the nation despite the local lingo remaining tolerated. The slave trade continues to grow as slaves are sold to the New World empires and to the Indians. A total of 3000 to 5000 slaves are sold a year now throughout the Dutch trading empire. Naval expansion continues as more frigates are produced and the older ships are scuttled. The Dutch navy starts undergoing restructuring to replace the older ships with frigates Brigantes and with the New Great Frigate developed in the docks of the Amsterdam. The GreatvFrigate is the Dutch response to a flagship to compete with the Britannic and Spanish navies. Capable of holding 60 cannons, agile and durable. Three of these new ships are built and become the flagships of the Royal Navy, more are commissioned. The line infantry tactics created by the Spanish are finally implemented fuly into the New Model Army reforms and Dutch troops prove very efficient and disciplined. More muskets and cannons are produced. The Guiana Settlements continue to expands along the coastline and down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers a total of 20 pixels. Colonial settlements slowly grow in population as more settlers arrive and settle down mainly women to marry the men who are serving in the garrison or the earlier settlers. The government sponsors a program to increase the number of females to help develop a first generation of local whites. intermarriage with the natives is generally looked down upon and conflicts with the Guiana tribes continues to grow as more land is taking for settling and plantations. The first successful sugar and tobacco crop are sold for massive amounts to the homeland and this gives greater incentive to invest in plantations in the New World. Paramaribo and New Antwerp grow into the cultural and economic hubs of the colony, While Macaba develops into a military stronghold due to its location on the mouth of the Amazon River. Exploration down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers continue. The old legend of the City of Gold start circulating again making more explorers attempt to the hinterland. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as sickness spreads amongst the Guiana tribes and skirmishes also grow. The total population of the colony now stands at 1500, 70% white settlers and 30% African slaves. The first Mulat generation are born (mulats are mulattos or mixed black and white bloods).
 * Avelinia (Banche Esterno): Expands 20 of west from the southernmost pixel.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid continue ahead of schedule. The Admiralty Board, pleased with the success of the construction, commissions a third ship called the HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities. Emperor Richard IV decides to travel Europe in effort to continue fostering postive relations with the Empire and the mainland, His stops include France, the Netherlands, Hamburg, and Oldenburg. He also plans on travelling to Oslo in Scandinavia. The Empire signs the Third Treaty of Delhi and sends troops to bolster new lands provided by the treaty. The Colonial Authority appoint Maximilian GrandPre as Governor of the Britannic Port of Katrina and outer lands. Britannia begins to influence Ghana (Turn Two of Three). A new colony is founded on the island of Hispaniola in the Imperial Sea, the colony is named Port William after one of the Emperor's children.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish colony of Nuaphail expands 1000 sq km west. Nuaphail is renamed New Dublin after the capital of the united Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire Sees large population growth. The New Oxford Harbour is expanded to accommodate the larger ships. A new shipyard is constructed in Borealia.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km south and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The people of New Oxford also begin an attempt to gain knowledge of farming in Borealia from Native Peoples. Explorers seek to travel farther west.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Economy Improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 10% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 883,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (109,000) with Cuzco coming in second (73,000), followed by Peru (22,000), Machu Picchu (21,000) and Sican (15,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire.
 * Chiribayasuyu: Population of the nation hits 55,000, which is still less than half of that before the wars with the Inca. The Army of Chiribayasuyu is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. The territory remains under martial law, as it lacks an established structure like the Inca. Military improves.
 * The Tartary continues eastward expansion at 25,000 sq km. The population quickly develops, and influence over the Baikal Jurchens and Siberian tribes quickly grows. So does Azeria, over which the interest of the Tartary grows. The economy is developed as great shippings of rye, wheat, potato, apples and cotton are sent out from Ine' Fedor-osh. The Empress Regent is once again pregnant. At the end of the day she gives birth to yet another daughter who is named Sophia. The debate over polygamy continues. Tropical fruits first reach the Tartary; they are first used for exotic foods. Some are shown to Nivkhgu traders in the East, which begin the formation of the famous Nivkh pastries. The economy and miltiary grow.
 * Wait, wait, wait. How are you expanding by 25,000 km? Is this a new rule I haven't heard of? Because it sounds smexy. ~Viva
 * I was allowed by MP, Sine and Feud to expand rapidly in Siberia given that it'd take me over two thousand years to colonise Siberia at normal expansion rates. -Fed
 * Perm develops its population and economy. The military also is developed, and integrated with the rest of the Tatar military system. Traders, including Prince Volod', grow very rich with trade across the Middle East, Central Asia and Europe. The population heavily grows.
 * Azov continues to grow as heavy agricultural productions break the records. The cities of Ozu-Cale grow exceedingly rapidly. The economy and military are developed.
 * Bukhara develops its military and economy.
 * Chernihiv continues integration and military growth.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 54, and his brother, Radu, now 53, resume growing the economy. A second large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year  Six  Seven of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 27, continues to learn the art of ruling. Vlad has a daughter who is named Sophia. His sister Lilliana, now 19, continues to search for a suitable husband. Mircea attends schooling and learns a great deal from his father and uncle about leadership. His cousin Vladimir, however, despises the boy.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe, begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports,  to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. In vassal news, the bishopric of Salzburg is annexed into Austria proper, after the Bishop agrees to become a vassal of the Archduke. Furthermore, the crowns of Bohemia, Brandenburg and Pomerania consolidate to be staple vassals of the Archduchy. We continue embargoing Poland from all Austrian realms for their exile of Magnus von Habsburg-Wittelsbach.
 * The Safavid Empire of Persia, under Zadok Shirazi, continues to decline into political chaos. Zadok Shirazi, who is extremely unpopular and largely blamed for the downfall of Persia in the past by leading clerics. An extremely powerful cleric, the Imam of Tabriz, Uthman Ali bin Saadi, leads a conspiracy plot to overthrow the Shirazi Safavid family and install a Caliphal State. Saadi, who is an Assafi'ist, is dedicated to the true religious population of Persia, which is Assafi'ist and not Shiite (the religion of the Safavids). In early May, Saadi initiates his coup d'etat by using a trained Persian armed forces known as the جاودانه (Immortals), based upon the historic troops of 1000 elite men. The coup is executed flawlessly, and the Shirazi family is mostly killed in Isafahan. After he secures his power in central Persia, Saadi declares himself the خلیفه (Caliph) of Assafi'ist Islam and renames the nation to Caliphal Iran. As Saadi builds up his legion of Immortals, he also sees to the systematic elimination of the entirety of the Safavid family. Saadi also begins to plan for seizure of southern Arabia, starting with vassalization of Oman, which begins immeadiately. The political disturbance caused by the coup temporarily disrupts trade, but Saadi attempts to fix the problem as soon as possible. He also begins to improve relations with Hyrcania, which had significantly deteriorated under the Safavid rulers.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate: The Great Safavid Purge continues as all those who oppose the dual Sultan and Shah are put to death. Meanwhile, the Grand Council continues to discuss what to do after the GSP.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Itzapam expands 50 px along the Pacific Coast.

1555
'''In Rome, Pope Leo X dies and in the subsequent conclave, the Anconese Marcello Cervini is elected Pope. Unlike most of his predecessors, he doesn’t take a Papal name, and thus he becomes known as Marcellus II. 22 days after ascending to the Papacy, he dies. Another conclave is held and the Neapolitan Gian Pietro Carafa is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of John XXIV.'''

A higher uprising of revolts, under name Eric Vasa, has started the Swedish War of Liberation against the Scandinavian Empire.

'''Not only is Scandinavia controlled by Sweden but you don't make mod events if you aren't a mod - among other things. Holy cow.'''

'''Yeah, not sure who did this, but seriously?? It's kind of obvious who is and is not allowed to make mod events, etc. -Feud'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: After several years following Pomerania rejecting a defensive, Hamburg decides to begin sending the aid put on hold following the rejection. Pomerania's new military is given crates of wheellock muskets, now out of service in the Hamburgian army. The Bank of Hamburg gives the nation a few loans to help the fellow Holy Roman state get back on its feet. Meanwhile, back home, infrastructure projects are implemented, with road construction and improvement planned for most of the realm. Economic pressure continues to be placed on al-Sumal (Turn Three of Five) as merchants flood into the nation, and it becomes a stopping point en route to the Friedrich Inseln. Neue Hamburg expands 20 px.
 * County of Holstein: Military and economy improved.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue to be used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Prussia: The Prussians continue to develop their economy. The Prussians continue to build their navy. Prussia continues to Germanize their ethnic minorities.
 * Courland: The Curonians also continue developing their economy.
 * Estland: Estland also continues developing their economy.
 * Neu Pomern: Another wave of immigrants, mainly persecuted minorities and Natives join the colony. Payed-off and hired privateers continue to act as a decent police force in Neu Pomern waters and shipping lanes. Freihafen, though about 85% Injun in population has become a destination for pirates and privateers to stop for supplies and sell their loot, and the island also begins to become a common hideout for pirates. The Blitzer Battalion, a Neu Pomern colonial force is properly organized to act as a type of guard throughout the colony's lands, and many are stationed across major population centers, swamp outposts, and also some island outposts throughout the Northern Seichteswasser. The neo-feudal colonial system in which the Natives are made into serfs begins to become far more wide-spread, with many Native tribes being forces into swamps, farmlands, and Seichteswasser islands. Expansion continues 5 px inland alongside Bancho Esterno border, 10 pixels on the southwest shore which now bends west as the tip of OTL Florida is reached,  and 5 pixels by Freihafen.


 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: To fix up the political structure and organization due to the Commonwealth’s multi-ethnic dualistic stature King Józef Szczuka has called for a parliamentary meeting for the General Sejm in the city of Warsaw. King Józef Szczuka has applied to the General Sejm the first libertarian reforms of the new nation. Known as the Reforms of Golden Liberty (Will post the acts on a separate page ), a number of acts that will provide certain liberties to the general populace, apply languages as official and reassess others that were taken place during the Nihil novi act and other old practices, as well as centralize the Commonwealth. While the reforms were first seen as skeptical by the General Sejm and the Senat, the Privy Council urged them to pass the acts in order for the nation to remain as a sovereign figure. Although most of the General Sejm agreed for the assessment of the acts, small portions of the parliament declined and still remain skeptical about the reforms. However, the general populace mainly approves of the idea of a centralized united sovereign state. More than halfway into the year, King Józef Szczuka has applied to the General Sejm to move the nation’s capital toward the middle of the nation in Warsaw in order to hold a larger political influence in the east of the nation and centralize the government. It was also deemed necessary by the Privy Council in order to keep the reach of the capital further away from the enemies of the Commonwealth. After a two-thirds supermajority of the General Sejm the capital was then moved and the construction of newer government buildings was begun to replace those built centuries before. Much like the Kremlin in Moscow, the new government seat of the nation will be the future Warsaw Citadel which will finish its construction in 30 years. Older political buildings in the city will be currently used to house the government. The Warsaw Citadel has been planned to be 40 hectares large (4000 acres), house 5000 troops loyal to the royal house, as well as 600 different artillery pieces, and enough cells to house 3000 inmates. With a larger political foothold in the eastern regions of Commonwealth, reforms enacted by Józef Szczuka will be easier to oversee and control. Large bulk exports of foodstuffs and other agricultural goods begin to reassess the damaged economy. Thanks to our Prussian neighbors and the trading connections of the Dutch our economy begins to have a steady increase of income and profit. To aid in the recovery of our weakened economy we lower the peacetime army to 20,000 soldiers and moving the other 30,000 troops into reserve regiments. As well increase the taxing on agricultural goods by 1%. Although large amounts of political changes and reforms were made this year, the royal family has a new member, Prince Ginter Szczuka I. Troops from the Imperial Land Forces and local militias have seized shipments from merchants that have illegally crossed the border from the Austrian sphere or Bavaria, sending the illegal merchants back to across the borders. Due to new Bavarian actions of highly taxing citizens of the Commonwealth, public outcry has risen in cities across a majority of the western half of the Commonwealth, resulting in the boycotting of German shop owners and merchants, excluding those that have come from Prussia. However, small amounts of these boycotts and public outcries have been reported in the east but mainly minor due to the small amount of Germans living in the area. Minor suggestions were made by the Privy Council to the General Sejm to create new border fortifications and outposts to increase our capabilities of preventing smuggled goods from entering the nation. Economic development continues.
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. Marrikuwuyanga expand 400 px along the eastern coast. The Emperor faced with the threat of Buddhism undermining his position, started mass conversions of Buddhists to Yadaism [Yadaism is a combination of Buddhism and the worship of Emperor Yada Gulpilil], and the Supreme Council openly declared that Ayutthaya and Buddhists were demons, not celestial beings the Marrikuwuyanga had previously considered them to be and the Buddhists were now persecuted. Emperor Yada Gulpilil's soul had left his vessel (he is dead) and now would enter the body of Gulalin Gulpilil and fulfill the eternal rebirth or so the followers of Yadaism had said. For others, it appeared the nationalist Emperor Yada Gulpilil had been murdered and replaced by his pro-Dutch son who was now controlled by the Supreme Council as a puppet ruler. The others as in Buddhists, however, were quite few in number and heavily persecuted; thus there seemed little point in anyone believing them. A deal for the purchase of Dutch cannons had been secured which had turned out to be extremely effective since there were barely any tribe that possessed firepower while the Marrikuwuyanga had the most modern firearms. This certainly increased Marrikuwuyanga's influence in the region. After the pledge of allegiance had been taken by the tribal leaders of the Gurindji and Mudbarra, Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil delighted; visited them along with a small force of 1000 men to discuss trade, co-operation, sale of firearms, Yadaism, etc. Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil was accompanied by the Tipuriririririmuta, one of the 12 members of the Supreme Council. The Emperor supplied the new tribal states of Mudbarra and Gurindji with the firearms and deployed 250 troops to each tribal state. They were assured that they would retain their culture and traditions and their tribal elders would be respected as long as they believed in Yadaism and they did not revolt, at which point they would suffer eternal pain. The Dutch East Indies Company is requested to build a university at Tapu and teach the Marrikuwuyangans [No anti-Yadaism stuff though >->]. This request was sent by the Supreme Council who considered the Dutch a great ally and believed learning from the Dutch would be certainly beneficial. Smallpox starts to spread and the people affected are ordered to be put to death although this decision does not stop smallpox from spreading. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Twelve dies by smallpox. Following this incident, the Royal family and Supreme Council retreat to safer areas whilst at the same time trying their best to reduce the spread of smallpox. Three more members of the Supreme Council fall to the disease leaving behind eight members keen on surviving at any cost. Emperor Gulalin Gulpilil's wife gives birth to two male babies both of which die in a few hours. At least 70,000 people have died and efforts to bring an end to smallpox continue. Noticing the immunity of the people of Timor to smallpox, the Marrikuwuyanga start to breed with the Timor to give birth to children with immunity.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize, too, had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go. The people have developed immunity to smallpox due to interaction with other nations for hundreds of years
 * udbarra: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firemans and are trained. Smallpox start to spread. [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * Gurindji: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firearms and are trained. Smallpox starts to spread [These are not vassals, rather puppet states. Yes, somewhat same thing].
 * Koln: In lieu of Cleve-Mark's long standing vassalship, Koln decides to begin the process of integrating Cleve-Mark. In an attempt to form a modern, well-drilled, and formidable military, Koln proposes a trade agreement with the Netherlands in order to procure and adopt the snaphaunce musket, establishes a college for the proper training of officers, and in general increases the size of the army.
 * Cleve-Mark: At the same time, a university is constructed in Cleve-Mark in order to boost the nation's scientific advancement and prestige. The government and administration prepare both themselves and the country for eventual absorption into Koln, while also building up the army.
 * Ummmm --- First off, you're not allowed to post something like you use Carolingian tactics since no one else has. Second, you don't have snaphaunce muskets unless you trade with the Netherlands or its allies. Third, you posted something in 1540 yesterday which isn't exactly permited.
 * Okay, this is starting to become annoying. Go back to the very end of 1540, and you will see that I have already addressed your concerns over there. I removed the Carolingian bit long before you made the above post, and will get to the snaphaunce bit shortly, which you strangely did not address in your first list of concerns.  Right Tosser  ( talk ) 16:15, July 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * Please consider the facts that the netherlands have been the prime developer of weapons with Spain in a close second. I'll admit minor nations have invented things in the past, but a lot of people are extremely protectionist with their technology, so if the Netherlands made it first, and hes only selling it to select people it would be awhile before said technology spreads. -Feud
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with the Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaneously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years, because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grains and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in forty elephants being killed. Another expansion is commenced on the elephant pen. |onte's population rises to over 107,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IX continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon X brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Oldenburg-Osnabruck Road resurfacing is finally complete, with Oldenburger and osnabrucker workers meeting roughly halfway between the two cities. The Regent of Oldenburg/Prince Bishop of Osnabruck opens the new road surrounded by many notables including nobles, bankers, clergy and councillors. People, carts and traders begin using the road and paying their tolls, raking in cash to the coffers of Oldenburg and osnabruck, as well as those of the banks which invested in the scheme; particularly the Jade and Episcopal banks. In Neu Norderney, the lordship expands southward along the coast 500 km thanks to an influx of settlers.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: There is much rejoicing due to the road being finished, and the university experiences an influx of students. Whether that is due to the speedier transport thanks to the road, the publicity Osnabruck has received thanks to the road, or a combination of the two is anyone's guess.
 * Novgorod: We build but our economy buy trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources in homes.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Tawatinsuyu: MIlitary improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 10% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 892,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (110,000) with Cuzco coming in second (75,000), followed by Peru (23,000), Machu Picchu (22,000) and Sican (15,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. Census results show that.
 * Chiribayasuyu: Population of the nation hits 55,000, which is still less than half of that before the wars with the Inca. The Army of Chiribayasuyu is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. The territory remains under martial law, as it lacks an established structure like the Inca. Economy improves.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Theocracy begins to enter a golden age of trade, with the opening up of the Chinese markets along with the recent drop in import and export duties in Chinese ports. Japanese merchants continue to build a trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading mainly with the Dutch and indigenous tribes. A benefit also begins to become apparent from the newly formed alliance with the Sultanate of Malacca, providing a cheaper source of spice than from the Dutch colonies. Econ turn. However, at the same time, there are the murmurings of unrest in the newly conquered territories to the South of the Japanese Archipelago, with many resenting the growth of Fusahito power and influence. This unrest is met with the appeasement of many local nobles and feudal lords, with the Emperor realising that to put down opposition violently would only serve to widen the divide between the Imperial Court and local figures. In this vein, many that enjoyed priveliged positions under the old Daimyos are given power and influence as local administrators in the Shimazu Province. The military is also not neglected, with the Second Fusahito Emperor working toward continuing his father's dream of a strong Imperial Navy to protect against an attack by sea and, more importantly, to keep open vital trade roots. These efforts of building new ships and financing development begins to weight the military in the favour of the navy rather than the army. Although the army continues to play a role in defence, with the continuation of the training of troops with newly purchased Dutch weaponry, the navy becomes the main concentration of Fusahito might. Priests from the Theocracy continue to usurp control of the Uesugi Daimyo. Four of Eight.
 * Netherlands: Efforts to fully end the Sunda revolt continue with only a few strongholds still stnading in the east of the country. The new administration continues to put  emphasis on spice production. More Indians are recruited to serve in the company forces and they receive excellent pay in exhange for their services. The Dutch offer Malacca protection from other powers in exchange for greater trade rights. The homeland continues to enjoy economic and cultural prosperity as the Kingdom enters their hundred years of existence. A grand festival is held throughout the country to honor the heroes of the Lowlands Revolt and to celebrate the victory. Heroism and Adventurism continue to take hold of the minds and hearts of the peotic and novelist circles of the Lowlands while art and architecture continue to develop and evolve. With Pskov still recovering from the Russian war Amsterdam expeirences a rapid growth in commercial importance making it the biggest port in Europe. Orientalism enjoys a revival as the Palace of the Orient is completed and quickly becomes a centre of cultural and artistic exchange specially under the guidance of the house of Mirza. The Universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to develop a strong humanities and sciences tradition producing generations of open minded and free thinking professionals. The cities of the lowlands continue to grow and develop. opium starts to become popular in the aristocratic and bourgoisie circles as a hobby. The house of Nassau-Orleans and the General-States pass a bill spliting the wealth of the Royal family from that of the State (OTL event that allows the state and the monarchs to preserve and use their capital. However, they see best without risking the other). The States-General pass a law formally granting the Jewish who have always been tolerated right to public worship (again OTL tolerance) And guarantee them equality with the nation's Christians (once more OTL tolerance). Due to the important role of Jewish money and influence in the Kingdom's economy and cultural development no one minds this, especially since the Jewish population make up less then 4% of the national population. A census puts the Lowlands population at nearly 4,000,000 not including the population of the African, Asian and Hisperian holdings. The Wallonian artisans continue to grow in importance in the nation's economy as more and more goods are produced to sell abroad through the Dutch trading network. Lowland French continues to develop and split from common French. African regiments are recruited to serve in the West African Company and influence over the NIgerian states to the east of Benin start to grow. Education of the ruling elite along lowlands lines begin to facilitate administration of the region and intergrate the region into the Dutch empire. as promised limited autonomy is granted but French and Dutch become the official language of the nation despite the local lingo remaining tolerated. The slave trade continues to grow as slaves are sold to the New World empires and to the Indians. A total of 3000 to 5000 slaves are sold a year now throughout the Dutch trading empire. Naval expansion continues as more frigates are produced and the older ships are scuttled. The Dutch navy starts undergoing restructuring to replace the older ships with frigates Brigantes and with the New Great Frigate developed in the docks of the Amsterdam. The GreatvFrigate is the Dutch response to a flagship to compete with the Britannic and Spanish navies. Capable of holding 60 cannons, agile and durable. New Great Frigates and brigantes are built and join the ranks of Royal Navy, more are commissioned. The line infantry tactics developed are fully implemented alongside revolving lines in the New Model Army reforms and Dutch troops prove very efficient and disciplined. More muskets and cannons are produced. The Guiana Settlements continue to expands along the coastline and down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers a total of 20 pixels. Colonial settlements slowly grow in population as more settlers arrive and settle down mainly women to marry the men who are serving in the garrison or the earlier settlers. The government sponsors a program to increase the number of females to help develop a first generation of local whites. intermarriage with the natives is generally looked down upon and conflicts with the Guiana tribes continues to grow as more land is taking for settling and plantations. The first successful sugar and tobacco crop are sold for massive amounts to the homeland and this gives greater incentive to invest in plantations in the New World. Paramaribo and New Antwerp grow into the cultural and economic hubs of the colony, While Macaba develops into a military stronghold due to its location on the mouth of the Amazon River. Exploration down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers continue. The old legend of the City of Gold start circulating again making more explorers attempt to the hinterland. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as sickness spreads amongst the Guiana tribes and skirmishes also grow. The total population of the colony now stands at 1500, 70% white settlers and 30% African slaves. The first Mulat generation are born (mulats are mulattos or mixed black and white bloods). The states-general continue to grow in importance as more power is delegated to them. The middle class of the lowlands experience greater economic growth and expand in general as commerce and proffessional careers grow.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid continue ahead of schedule and are nearing completion. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities continues construction in South Hampton shipright. The Empire signs the Third Treaty of Delhi and sends troops to bolster new lands provided by the treaty. The Colonial Authority appoint Maximilian GrandPre as Governor of the Britannic Port of Katrina and outer lands. Britannia officially declares Ghana as a crown protectorate, British officials help the locals with the stablizing the area. The Crown Colonial Authority passes a motion that allow Ghanan home rule to help pacify the people. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern archetecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. in Scotland, the Edinburgh Exchange is opened to the citizens of the north.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish colony of Nuaphail expands 1000 sq km west. Nuaphail is renamed New Dublin after the capital of the united Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit.
 * New Cambridgeshire Sees large population growth. The New Oxford Harbour is expanded to accommodate the larger ships. A new shipyard is constructed in Borealia.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north  and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The L'nu protectorate becomes more closely controlled by Britannia, in several years, leaders hope to begin the vassalization process.
 * Roman Empire: Now that the Empire is back in its proper hands, lol, a wide variety of events has happened in the Empire and its territories since a few years ago. With Judea annexed into the Empire as an exarchate, the local arabs are largely forced out by the ruling Exarch and his 10,000 man army, one of the most well-trained and equiped Roman army in the region. The city undergoes substantial construction in terms of new defenses as well as restoration to the cities Christian, Jewish, and Muslim temples. The Arabs forced out are allowed back on the grounds of pilgrimage for the three religions. With the Patriarch of Jersualem now taking an active role in the politics of the Empire, his influence is able to secure the permenant status of Judea as an Exarchate, never to have a hereditary lord. The growing influence of the Patriarchs of Constantinople, Alexandria, and Jerusalem is noticed by the Imperial government, and Theodore III invites them to Athens to discuss the fate of the Patriarchs in regard to their position in Roman society. In Anatolia, the Greek militias backed up by Roman troops secure their control over the new regions. Most Turks in the regions of Lydia and Bursa have already fled, and the few bands that haven't are forced out. The Empire begins to project its influence in the region, taking charge of restoring fortifications and infrastructure in the area. Smyrna becomes a major economic and political center, but the Empire doesn't want the entire Western coast to be controlled or protected by one major port and a few minor cities. To this end, 10,000 Greeks, mostly from Taurica or Macedonia, are sent to re-settle the cities of Illium and Ephesus to create a bastion of small cities that can help defend the coast. Accompanying the the settlers are 5000 soldiers. At Ephesus, a mircale reveals the location of the House of Mary, and a small monastary is created to house both the House and the tomb of  St John the Apostle until more fitting buildings can be constructed. In newly conquered regions of the Empire, such as Sinai and Cyrenaica, Muslims are offered incentives to convert to Christianity, namely lesser taxes as well as protection from apostasy punishment. Because of the settling of claimed land in the Imperial Sea, negotiations with the Prussians ceases and several Carros are sent to further re-inforce Banche Esterno and Atlantis. 
 * Albania: Military expands.
 * Ragusa: Navy expands.
 * Egypt: Influence of Roman culture and law continues to affect Egyptian society. The first Egyptian nobles become Roman citizens and begin seeing the benefits of such action. Incentives for converting to Christianity for Muslims continues.
 * Serbia: The nation continues to expand its military and become closer to Rome due to influence.
 * Roanoke: The colony begins to expand 10 pixels inland and 10 south now that the outer banks and inner coast are under nominal Roman control. Reme receives an official military garrison of 50 Roman soldiers. Several outposts are constructed along the outer banks to establish security for the colony. The colonists encounter natives claiming to be part of of a "Powhatan Confederacy," a powerful native nation nearby. Although the encounter is friendly, the ruling colonial government in Reme advises caution, noticing that the natives could easily destroy the colony at the moment and that it would be ill-advised to antagonize them. Now that the Roman Empire is further involved in the region, negotiations with the Powhatan Confederacy regarding trade and an alliance begins.
 * Banche Esterno: The colony begins to expand quickly due to an increase in Roman immigration and population expansion, The colony moves north and inland by 10 pixels each. The name changes to Avelinia, named after the first king of Banche Esterno. Following conflict between a Roman family of settlers and one of the nobles, the Roman Empire decides to instill its authority. 1000 Roman soldiers and a frigate along with two galleons are sent to back the new Roman Exarch in governing. The Duke will remain in power, but will share with the Exarch.
 * What are you talking about? I'm colonizing as I would according to our previous conversations on the subject. Kurt Cobain&#39;s Haircut (talk)
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population reaches one million with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. Calne-Vicuna is finished and is opened as a center for Christianity in North Africa with a library said to rival old Alexandria's. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Kingdom of Morocco officially enters into a personal union with Castile following the magistrates and princes deeming it unnecessary for the King to not have full control in the country. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 110 ships.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of Territory lost to local inland tribes he abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: With the defeat by the Spanish a royal governor is appointed by the Spanish. These people are immediately transferred onto available ships and throughout the year are sent up the coast via Spanish ships to a location unknown to the Mapuche. The Mapuche also continue to see major issues from European contact are given orders to isolate themselves if they are sick to prevent further expansion of the disease. The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 40,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 450,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands along its new highway area aiming to create a series of moderately sized internal cities for future settlement going north and south. (50 px) while the colonies explorer have rounded the Straits of Torez and are expanding up the other side of the Patagonian coast now (20 px). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. A colonial militia made up of nearly 3000 colonists and another 200 Spanish troops embarks on another attack on Natives in the Uruguay area coincidentally finding nearly 100 natives themselves engaged in conflict with others. These natives are revealed to be Converts to christianity and are helped and brought back to the Colony to show the good the Spanish missionaries are doing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 35,000 colonists . The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 3000.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make the first trip to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The Colonial Authority finally ends the proper occupation of Oyo and pushes toward restoring the power to any oppressed ethnicities living in the area. From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards which used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: With Madagasikara becoming fully under Hispania, Madagasikara and her vassals are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy, and sends gifts of money to each of the protectorate states, and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The Administration, however, knowing that overextension in the area may become an issue later draws up secret plans (in Spain so locals cant find out about them) to release these nations as friendly allied client/satellite states to prevent other further issues from arising in the area.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 55, and his brother, Radu, now 54, resume growing the economy. A second large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is scheduled to finish in 1575. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year Eight of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 28, continues to learn the art of ruling. Vlad has a daughter who is named Sophia. His sister Lilliana, now 20, continues to search for a suitable husband. Mircea attends schooling and learns a great deal from his father and uncle about leadership. His cousin Vladimir, however, despises the boy.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px along the Gulf Coast. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.
 * Waikato Maori: The Waikato continue to settle new territory on North Island, and move further south as the good. Akuhata's promotion of the worship of Whakamua continues, with many Maori accepting it as the truth. Hundreds of idols are built for Whakamua, and a new generation of shamen has been established to promote the cult of Whakamua as an official practice. The population of the Waikato expands by 4.3%, as new cultivation technics are adopted by the people, and more and more warriors settle down on their new farmland to produce bountiful crops in peace. The first five pakake vessels are completed in Tāmaki Makaurau, and begin their work in the Polynesian trade routes. Their first round trip yields a great amount of wealth, the five vessels bringing in enough food to feed the entire population of Tāmaki Makaurau alone for six months. Such is their success, that Akuhata orders the increased construction of the pakake from five vessels to ten vessels at a time, employing more men, especially warriors with no families and out of work due to the lack of warfare. This expands the economy of the Waikato as a result. The growth of trade in the land continues, and the need to transfer wealth more easily presents itself, Akuhata turns to Kahu at his residence, who has continued to produce weapons and armor for Akuhata's personal bodyguard, for help in developing a way to answer the Waikato's trade problem. Kahu decides to use the ironsands his pa has been collecting for years to produce a small, flat coin that one can carry around with them, and trade in exchange for goods they cannot produce themselves. Using the heavy, but small coins, using a system of standard weights and measurements passed by Akuhata just recently, one can buy what they need or want in exchange for the coins, which serve as a form of currency in place of the old barter system. Implementing this in the new trade pacts with their friends, Akuhata encourages the inhabitants of Polynesia to adopt the standard of weights and measurements as well as the mātai coins produced by Kahu, creating a simplified system of trade between the islands, allowing any of them to trade with one another using a standard currency that can be exchanged for any good at any of the islands. The Tekitea establish cells on all of the islands as they shadow the merchant families on the islands throughout Polynesia. To do this, they recruit an additional 200 men to serve in their ranks, and to serve abroad as spies and assassins in the name of Akuhata and his kingdom. The scribes commissioned by Akuhata to record the entire history of his people, complete part of the Meatanga o Aotearoa, or the "Annals of Aotearoa". As the population grows, so too does crime, as many warriors, out of work and without purpose, turn to terrorizing the defenseless around them for fun. Seeing this as an issue, Akuhata establishes a unified military force known as the Kaitiaki, or the "guardians", who will stand guard of the unified Maori lands of North Island, and fight when needed to do so. To give them something to do, Akuhata has this new force patrol the pa of the land, enforce his laws, patrol the waters of the kingdom, and deal with raiders from South Island. Made up of 2000 warriors, the Kaitiaki begins working to fulfill its new obligations. With constant training and drilling, as well as a series of responsibilities to tend to, the Kaitiaki has much work to do, keeping the young men in its ranks busy and out of trouble.
 * The Tartary continues military modernisation, as well as economic one. More food is traded throughout the Tartary, some brought in from the New World and traded for massive shipments of home-grown farms. Some are continued to be traded eastward at a larger price, especially to the Nivkhs, with whom relations are improved once again. Expansion eastward continues at an extremely fast pace, as more people continue to move eastward. The Sahaliyan-Ula River begins to be settled, with new townships of Tatars, Ukrainians and Mordvins alike joining in the river basin. As Princess Anna turns six, she begins to be tutored by different priestesses and important women in the court at New Sarai.
 * Perm, Chernihiv and Azov: work on their economies, while Bukhara works on its military.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate-Safavid Empire Union: After three years of the Great Safavid Purge (1552-1554) the Safavid Empire is now free of anti-Sultan/Shah Aashif rebels and now in order to re-establish its infrastructure, the Mosque Model is implemented. As mosques are built towns are built (since under the Mosque Model mosques are the center of town) and as more towns are built roads are built as well. As roads are built between towns there is more money to construct mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model and thus in turn more support for the Dual Sultan and Shah Aashif. There is hope that this will reconstruct the once great Safavid Empire to its former glory. Infra turn.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1555, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1555, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In other news, Prince Albert will be betrothed to Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia in approximately thirteen years. In Polish news, Grand Duchess Catherine continues to embargo Poland, and will do so until 1560, from there on, all Polish merchants in Bavaria will be taxed heavily and only able to operate in certain areas. Grand Duchess Catherine has made this decision in knowledge that the Poles are totally unwilling and un-co-operative to any sort of compromise or negotiation. Furthermore, Catherine views the Polish inability to strike a decent deal, and the Prussian theatrical insults, as petty. The Grand Duchess explains that once the embargo wears off by 1560, Bavaria will have no part in eastern pettiness. In other news, Bavaria petitions the Scandinavian, British, and Hispanic Empires for renewed alliances and trade deals. In dynastic news, the betrothal of Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia and Prince Albert still stands.
 * Munchen: By 1555, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe, begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. In vassal news, the bishopric of Salzburg is annexed into Austria proper, after the Bishop agrees to become a vassal of the Archduke. Furthermore, the crowns of Bohemia, Brandenburg and Pomerania consolidate to be staple vassals of the Archduchy. The Archduke resolves to end the Polish embargo next year, as Bavaria will be ending it in five years regardless.
 * Vorlayacor:  The University of Vorlayacor is founded in Nov Xoryan, becoming the first university of Hesperia and Boreala. Though there are only 30 students as of this year, there is vast potential for growth; many intellectuals around the country make plans to move to the campus. Expansion between the two "Northwest Prongs" begins, filling in 30 pixels from the middle.
 * Empire of Urdustan:  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha) continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Islams. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military begin with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while a Sikh temple is built.
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while a Sikh temple is built.

1556
'''Fleeing Germanisation, Curonian, Estonian, Latvian and Semigallian people flee from Prussia in moderate numbers to surrounding nations. These include Scandinavia, Russia, the Tartary, Poland and Romania. Many also flee across the seas to Prussia’s colony in Neu Pommern.'''

'''These are Prussians fleeing, I presume? Stephanus rex (talk) 02:03, July 7, 2014 (UTC)'''

'''Those are ethnic non-Germans in Prussia, aye. -Fed'''

'''AAAAH YEE! - Kurt Cobain&#39;s Haircut (talk)'''

''' Zoroastrianism continues making inroads in the Hyrcanian Kingdom. The forces on the main mountain valleys continue co-operating, heavily strengthening Hyrcania’s defence (strong military and infrastructure bonus) '''

''' Following the regrowth of the city of Antioch, the Patriarch of Antioch moves back from the city of Damascus to his original seat. '''

''' The Waikato Maori nation is overthrown because of some strange plague. A following famine and raids by Fijians completely remove any legitimacy from the state. After this happens, local tribes loyal to the old gods and social organisation overthrow the Waikato nation, and form a new traditional nation in northeastern New Zealand. Legend surges that if leaders with strangely anachronistic views try to rebuild the Waikato Maori Empire, or challenge the ways of the gods, the island will sink. '''

'''To be clear - the nation is still there. It's just not run by him anymore. It's an NPC. - Cour'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Economic aid continues to flow into Pomerania. To further aid Pomerania, the nation is given a 20 year assurance of independence. The fortification of the Kiel Canal exits continues. Neu Lüneburg expands by 20 px southeast. Williamsburg begins new building projects. Neu Hamburg expands 20 px. Meanwhile, the economic influence on al-Sumal continues (Turn Four of Five) as merchants continuously enter the nation and establish shops. Later in the year, the Neu Braunschweig trade post is purchased from the HTSC by the government, seeing it as Hamburg's next area of interest. Infrastructure projects continue.
 * County of Holstein: Military and economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Approximately 9000 ethnic minorities flood into the nation from the border across Prussia. They are immediately given citizenship to their Baltic heritage. As an offer from the king, they will each be given 100 acres of land, but are required to farm for the state for equal wages and are required to tend the land for a decade and produce a minimum of 3000 bushels of wheat every year. This will apply as of next year for the refugees that have just entered the nation. However, if this offer is declined, refugees from Prussia can choose to join the Imperial Army for a minimum of five years. If both offers are declined they are to live their life as citizens of the Commonwealth but have no other government benefits, and direct their lives themselves. Most of the Baltic refugees apply to the farming offer and at least 2000 sign up for the army, only several dozen don’t apply to either. About 3000 of the 9000 that crossed the border still head south toward Romania. Construction of the Warsaw Citadel continues. We support Poles attempting to get out Prussia to arrive into the Commonwealth. We thank Austria for ending the embargo and lift ours on Austria. The embargo aimed toward Bavaria still stands until the Bavarian monarch lifts his. Economic development continues.
 * I hope you mean 9000 people, because Prussia was not that ethnically fragmented.
 * Yeah. 9000 ethnic minorities from Prussia went into Poland, 6000 chose to stay while 3000 others went farther south to Romania.
 * Koln: In this year, Cologne continues construction of an officer's college, continues to build up the army, and decides to assist the economy by building/improving a/the road to Koln's vassal, Cleve-Mark.
 * Koln Diplomacy: We ask for a trade agreement with the *Netherlands* in order to procure the snaphaunce musket.
 * Cleve-Mark: Integration into Koln continues. In the meantime, labourers begin construction on their section of the Koln-CM road, and work on the university continues. The army is built up.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with the Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.


 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaneously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * It's me, Ashlee/Nova. Sky asked me to post for him while he is in the hospital. I'm not playing - just doing a favor. Carry on.  -Ashlee  07:36, July 7, 2014 (UTC)
 * County of Oldenburg: It's a pretty quiet year in Oldenburg. The military expands a bit, and small Festunchen ("fortlets", I made the word up myself) are built along the new road to protect travellers from robbers and other nasties, as well as to defend the road in case of invasion. The Captain General meets with other high-ranking officers, as well as noblemen and the Regent/Prince Bishop of Osnabruck to come up with defensive plans for various contingencies. The OHG makes an effort to expand trade with Britannia and Hamburg. Neu Norderney expands 200 km south along the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: A bunch of students at the university get really drunk in town and make nuisances of themselves. The town watchmen catch them during their rampage, but are unable to prosecute them because, as students of the church-run university, they can only be tried in Ecclesiastical courts, so they have to be released.
 * This is a great turn. Truly one of (probably) the most easily missed funny posts of the game -- part of what makes it so interesting. I love it, Callum. ~Rex
 * Suri Empire: Military is built up, while a bank is built in OTL Islamabad.
 * Novgorod: We build but our economy buy trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources in homes. We welcome the non-German Prussians into our nation. Nikola marries a women named Tasha.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Economy Improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 10% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 892,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (110,000) with Cuzco coming in second (75,000), followed by Peru (23,000), Machu Picchu (22,000) and Sican (15,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire.
 * Chiribayasuyu: Population of the nation hits 55,000, which is still less than half of that before the wars with the Inca. The Army of Chiribayasuyu is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. The territory remains under martial law, as it lacks an established structure like the Inca. Military improves.
 * Vorlayacor:  Northwest expansion continues, filling in 30 pixels' worth of land between the two "Northwest Prongs". Vorlayacoran farmers begin to plant bananas more frequently. Agriculture and logging become more prevalent in the newly absorbed parts of the country.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian kingdom integrates Florence as an integral part and begins to push toward more movement toward involvement with the Spanish trade empire and Italian trade ships begin visiting Spain en masse. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population 1.4 with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Moroccos economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Moroccos harshes areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees, and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of Territory lost to local inland tribes he abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching An insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 40,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 450,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands along its new highway area aiming to create a series of moderately sized internal cities for future settlement going north and south. (50 px) while the colonies explorer have rounded the Straits of Torez and are expanding up the other side of the Patagonian coast now (20 px). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. A colonial militia made up of nearly 3000 colonists and another 200 Spanish troops embarks on another attack on Natives in the Uruguay area coincidentally finding nearly 100 natives themselves engaged in conflict with others. These natives are revealed to be Converts to christianity and are helped and brought back to the Colony to show the good the Spanish missionaries are doing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 35,000 colonists . The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 3000. expeditions are sent though into the interior and places such as the San Lorenzo Valley are discovered and claimed but remain unsettled.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make the first trip to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare. The census of the protectorate reveals a population of about three-to-five million but due to fluctuating numbers from all the european territories the numbers remain uncertain.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards which used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: With Madagasikara becoming fully under Hispania, Madagasikara and her vassals are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy, and sends gifts of money to each of the protectorate states, and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The Administration, however, knowing that overextension in the area may become an issue later draws up secret plans (in Spain so locals can't find out about them) to release these nations as friendly allied client/satellite states to prevent other further issues from arising in the area.
 * In Cahokia, the king, Antinanco, continues to develop similarities between the different lands of the realm. He expands infrastructure and population continues to increase because of technology from European colonies and colonists. Christianity is on the rise, as is trade with the French and other European nations near by. Antinanco re-dedicates himself to expansion, and he also works to vassalize the Iroquois Confederacy. His son and heir, Mohe, prepares to take control after his father passes away. Mohe is dedicated to the idea of a Mississippian Confederation, and begins to make plans for his ideal government. The vassals of Etowah, Parkin, and Moundville all expand their borders as trade pushes them closer to Cahokia and European cultures.
 * The Tartary continues eastward expansion. The economy and military are developed. The population grows.
 * Azov, Perm and Chernihiv work on their economies, while Bukhara works on its military.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid continue ahead of schedule and are nearing completion. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities continues construction in South Hampton shipright. The Empire signs the Third Treaty of Delhi and sends troops to bolster new lands provided by the treaty. The Colonial Authority appoint Maximilian GrandPre as Governor of the Britannic Port of Katrina and outer land. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Diplomats are sent to Bavaria to help bolster relations. (note, I have spent several turns building up to the vassalization of Ghana, due to the extended period of inactivity of its previous player.)
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish colony of Nuaphail expands 1000 sq km west. Nuaphail is renamed New Dublin after the capital of the united Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A New newpaper, the first in a colony, s founded, called the Edmundburg Report.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north  and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The L'nu protectorate becomes more closely controlled by Britannia, in several years, leaders hope to begin the vassalization process.
 * Crown Protectorate of Ghana: A new colonial governor is appointed by the Emperor to oversee the newly vassalized Ghana, the local militia runs a recruitment campaign in effort to get natives to support the change of govenment. To further this goal, Governor Richard Gearing, creates the Governor's Council, and fills the cabinet with popular and successful locals. Propaganda is used to convince the people of the benefits of British rule.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Theocracy begins to enter a golden age of trade, with the opening up of the Chinese markets along with the recent drop in import and export duties in Chinese ports. Japanese merchants continue to build a trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading mainly with the Dutch and indigenous tribes. A benefit also begins to become apparent from the newly formed alliance with the Sultanate of Malacca, providing a cheaper source of spice than from the Dutch colonies. Econ turn. However, at the same time, there are the murmurings of unrest in the newly conquered territories to the South of the Japanese Archipelago, with many resenting the growth of Fusahito power and influence. This unrest is met with the appeasement of many local nobles and feudal lords, with the Emperor realising that to put down opposition violently would only serve to widen the divide between the Imperial Court and local figures. In this vein, many that enjoyed priveliged positions under the old Daimyos are given power and influence as local administrators in the Shimazu Province. The military is also not neglected, with the Second Fusahito Emperor working toward continuing his father's dream of a strong Imperial Navy to protect against an attack by sea and, more importantly, to keep open vital trade roots. These efforts of building new ships and financing development begins to weight the military in the favour of the navy rather than the army. Although the army continues to play a role in defence, with the continuation of the training of troops with newly purchased Dutch weaponry, the navy becomes the main concentration of Fusahito might. Priests from the Theocracy continue to usurp control of the Uesugi Daimyo. Five of Eight.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 56, and his brother, Radu, now 55, resume growing the economy. A second large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The New guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is scheduled to finish in 1575. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. The Prussian refugees are offered lands in Bulgaria and the western reaches of Wallachia. There they may each have farms as payment for the plots they will provide the state 20% of their produce for the next two decades. There is much distrust in the Senate, a majority of the senators hold Mircea in contempt as the young man acts with spoiled impunity. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year Nine of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 29, continues to learn the art of ruling. His sister Lilliana, now 21, continues to search for a suitable husband. Mircea now a young man of 16 begins learning alongside his cousin. Sophia, now 1 year of age, begins to her development.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Prussia and their vassals continue developing their economies. They offer deals to the people of ethic minorities who emigrate to Neu Pommern.
 * Neu Pommern: As vast waves of immigrants arrive the cultural landscape of Neu Pommern begins to become something not-so-similar to the motherland's, as we have a disproportionate amount of Estonians, Lithuanaians, Latvians, and Semigallians as well as a Native population. It can be noted that Freihafen has become a popular destination for pirates, and as a result it begins to be engrained in part of the culture of the isolated natives, as a result more red-skinned pirates are seen around the Imperial. The Arawaks on the island have joined the colony for the most part, but some splinters remain, and are expected to be dealt with with fire and sword. Rum, oranges, tobacco, and cotton continue to be sent out in large quantities on the ships of Prussians and privateers, most of it is grown with the help of the colonial neo-feudal policy enacted upon the Natives. Expansion continues 5 px inland alongside Bancho Esterno border, 10 pixels on the southwest shore which now bends west as the tip of OTL Florida is reached, and 5 pixels by Freihafen.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Itzapam expands 50 px along the Pacific Coast.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1556, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1556, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In other news, Prince Albert will be betrothed to Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia in approximately thirteen years. In Polish news, Grand Duchess Catherine continues to embargo Poland, and will do so until 1560, from there on, all Polish merchants in Bavaria will be taxed heavily and only able to operate in certain areas. Grand Duchess Catherine has made this decision in knowledge that the Poles are totally unwilling and un-co-operative to any sort of compromise or negotiation. Furthermore, Catherine views the Polish inability to strike a decent deal, and the Prussian theatrical insults, as petty. The Grand Duchess explains that once the embargo wears off by 1560, Bavaria will have no part in eastern pettiness. In other news, Bavaria petitions the Scandinavian, British and Hispanic Empires for renewed alliances and trade deals. In dynastic news, the betrothal of Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia and Prince Albert still stands.
 * Munchen: By 1556, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe, begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. In vassal news, the bishopric of Salzburg is annexed into Austria proper, after the Bishop agrees to become a vassal of the Archduke. Furthermore, the crowns of Bohemia, Brandenburg and Pomerania consolidate to be staple vassals of the Archduchy.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate-Safavid Empire Union:  The Mosque Model in the Safavid Empire continues to be implemented. As mosques are built towns are built (since under the Mosque Model mosques are the center of town) and as more towns are built roads are built as well. As roads are built between towns there is more money to construct mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model and thus in turn more support for the Dual Sultan and Shah Aashif. There is hope that this will reconstruct the once great Safavid Empire to its former glory. Infra turn.
 * Netherlands: Efforts to fully end the Sunda revolt continue with only a few strongholds still stnading in the east of the country. The new administration continues to put  emphasis on spice production. More Indians are recruited to serve in the company forces and they receive excellent pay in exhange for their services. The Dutch offer Malacca protection from other powers in exchange for greater trade rights. The homeland continues to enjoy economic and cultural prosperity as the Kingdom enters their hundred years of existence. A grand festival is held throughout the country to honor the heroes of the Lowlands Revolt and to celebrate the victory. Heroism and Adventurism continue to take hold of the minds and hearts of the peotic and novelist circles of the Lowlands while art and architecture continue to develop and evolve. With Pskov still recovering from the Russian war Amsterdam expeirences a rapid growth in commercial importance making it the biggest port in Europe. Orientalism enjoys a revival as the Palace of the Orient is completed and quickly becomes a centre of cultural and artistic exchange specially under the guidance of the house of Mirza. The Universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to develop a strong humanities and sciences tradition producing generations of open minded and free thinking professionals. The cities of the lowlands continue to grow and develop. opium starts to become popular in the aristocratic and bourgoisie circles as a hobby. The house of Nassau-Orleans and the General-States pass a bill spliting the wealth of the Royal family from that of the State (OTL event that allows the state and the monarchs to preserve and use their capital. However, they see best without risking the other). The States-General pass a law formally granting the Jewish who have always been tolerated right to public worship (again OTL tolerance) And guarantee them equality with the nation's Christians (once more OTL tolerance). Due to the important role of Jewish money and influence in the Kingdom's economy and cultural development no one minds this, especially since the Jewish population make up less then 4% of the national population. A census puts the Lowlands population at nearly 4,000,000 not including the population of the African, Asian and Hisperian holdings. The Wallonian artisans continue to grow in importance in the nation's economy as more and more goods are produced to sell abroad through the Dutch trading network. Lowland French continues to develop and split from common French. African regiments are recruited to serve in the West African Company and influence over the NIgerian states to the east of Benin start to grow. Education of the ruling elite along lowlands lines begin to facilitate administration of the region and intergrate the region into the Dutch empire. as promised limited autonomy is granted but French and Dutch become the official language of the nation despite the local lingo remaining tolerated. The slave trade continues to grow as slaves are sold to the New World empires and to the Indians. A total of 3000 to 5000 slaves are sold a year now throughout the Dutch trading empire. Naval expansion continues as more frigates are produced and the older ships are scuttled. The Dutch navy starts undergoing restructuring to replace the older ships with frigates Brigantes and with the New Great Frigate developed in the docks of the Amsterdam. The GreatvFrigate is the Dutch response to a flagship to compete with the Britannic and Spanish navies. Capable of holding 60 cannons, agile and durable. New Great Frigates and brigantes are built and join the ranks of Royal Navy, more are commissioned. The line infantry tactics developed are fully implemented alongside revolving lines in the New Model Army reforms and Dutch troops prove very efficient and disciplined. More muskets and cannons are produced. The Guiana Settlements continue to expands along the coastline and down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers a total of 20 pixels. Colonial settlements slowly grow in population as more settlers arrive and settle down mainly women to marry the men who are serving in the garrison or the earlier settlers. The government sponsors a program to increase the number of females to help develop a first generation of local whites. intermarriage with the natives is generally looked down upon and conflicts with the Guiana tribes continues to grow as more land is taking for settling and plantations. The first successful sugar and tobacco crop are sold for massive amounts to the homeland and this gives greater incentive to invest in plantations in the New World. Paramaribo and New Antwerp grow into the cultural and economic hubs of the colony, While Macaba develops into a military stronghold due to its location on the mouth of the Amazon River. Exploration down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers continue. The old legend of the City of Gold start circulating again making more explorers attempt to the hinterland. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as sickness spreads amongst the Guiana tribes and skirmishes also grow. The total population of the colony now stands at 1500, 70% white settlers and 30% African slaves. The first Mulat generation are born (mulats are mulattos or mixed black and white bloods). The states-general continue to grow in importance as more power is delegated to them. The middle class of the lowlands experience greater economic growth and expand in general as commerce and proffessional careers grow.
 * Empire of Urdustan:  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha) continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Islams. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military begin with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grains and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in forty elephants being killed. Another expansion is commenced on the elephant pen. |onte's population rises to over 113,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IX continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon X brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon IX's second son, with his wife of Chinese origins proclaims himself Rikisi, he begins building an army similar to that of Mon III, getting andvice from his grandfather.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military is expanded as the Mjolnir is completed. It joins the Scandinavian First Fleet as the flagship. New galleons for the other fleets are planned and designed. Twenty warships are retired this year and replaced with new ships, all performing considerably well. Admiral Gustav Knifenvark of the Second Scandinavian Fleet notices a problem with Scandinavian Ship design though. Scandinavian ships are immensely armored and able to withstand ice and cannonfire alike. Their sails, though, aren't enough to provide Scandinavian warships with as much speed as ships from other nations. Admiral Knifenvark proposes a new material as well as a new way to rig sails. The end-result is the Gustav Rig. Ten ships are brought in to Copenhagen to test this new method out. Initial results show promise. The material of the sails also makes them much more resistant to damage, making it harder to scuttle Scandinavian ships. The method is rather costly, however. Even for a wealthy nation such as Scandinavia, every ship carrying Gustav rigging would be an expensive endeavour due to the immense size of the navy. The Gustav rigging will have to remain a luxury enjoyed by only a few types of ships. In diplomatic news, the royal marriage with Bavaria is confirmed to take place when Princess Ingrid is of age. Europe is not the only area to see the benefits of dealing with Scandinavia. The vassalization efforts in the Americas of the tribes near Vinland prove fruitful as they push into their seventh year. By 1560, the entire coastland is expected to be vassalized by Scandinavia. A lack of hostility toward these natives results in higher profits and access to interior lands. Scandinavia plans to pave a few trade routes in native territory for easier trade.
 * Finland: This vassal state expands by 3500 sq km into unclaimed territory, hoping to close up the gap in northern Scandinavia.
 * Greater Ingria: The nation expands its infrastructure after the war, especially in Elsagrad.
 * Iceland: The Icelandic Fleets see the same amount of rennovation as the Scandinavian Fleets. New ports are built to accomodate the growing number of ships.
 * Karelia: Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Schleswig: The infrastructure is expanded.
 * Strombek: The colony expands by 2000 sq km this year. The militia is increased.
 * Vinland: Vinland expands by 2000 sq km to the north. The militia is increased.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Diplomacy: We ask the Scandinavians for a trade agreement to export our agricultural goods.

1557
'''Following a number of bad harvests in the Torres Strait Islands, the Kalaw Kawaw and Muralong groups’ raids on Southern Papua New Guinea and Cape York respectively become more frequent. The raiders return to their islands with boats laden with foodstuffs and wives.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg-Mecklenburg: Infrastructure projects continue. In Pomerania, economic aid continues to flow in. In Africa, al-Sumal succumbs to the economic influence of Hamburg. The nation becomes known as "Ostland" (east land) by Hamburgians. With them under Hamburg's thumb, it becomes a crucial stopping point on the route to the Friedrich Inseln. Williamsburg - my population grows, and Neu Lüneburg expands 20 px southeast. Neu Hamburg expands 20 px.
 * County of Holstein: Military and economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Prussia and their vassals continue to expand their economy. The Prussians repudiate the Bavarian accusations of pettiness, saying that all of Bacaria's actions were because the false king of Poland was overthrown by the true King of Poland.
 * Neu Pommern: As vast waves of immigrants arrive the cultural landscape of Neu Pommern begins to become something not-so-similar to the motherland's, as we have a disproportionate amount of Estonians, Lithuanaians, Latvians, and Semigallians as well as a Native population. A new governor is elected and one of his first decrees is to seng linguists to various Native villages and properly make lexicons of their languages and teach the Natives Latin characters, and these linguists were to be accompanies by liberal primarily-Western missionaries and doctors (for the smallpox). His second decree is to increase the amount of hired privateers slightly, but to more importantly pass legistlation allowing for pirate coves to be easily made under the guise of a new colonial bill. As a result of this legislation Spanish silver, Roman cotton, Dutch sugar, Britannian and French coffee and Zapotecan gold all flow into the nation (also in part due to trade). Meanwhile, rum, cotton and oranges are exported, resulting in something closer to a trade equilibrium. Expansion continues 5 px inland alongside Bancho Esterno border, 10 pixels on west shore going north, and 5 pixels by Freihafen.
 * Bavarian Dip: The Bavarian diplomatic envoy laughs at the ridiculous claim of corruption. The True King Magnus was a mere child during his reign, not yet ten, so Grand Duchess Catherine is quite baffled by the accusations of corruption and indulgence, also seeing as how the Bavarian rule in Poland had lasted barely a decade. Furthermore, it was only Magnus, his father and an Austrian princess wed to Magnus who lived in Poland at the time, so it is quite insane to claim corruption ran rampant when there were only three German nobles, including King Magnus, in Poland at the time. Grand Duchess Catherine continues to see the Prussian government as petty and, as of now, wholly childish.
 * Prussian Diplomacy: The False King had zero claim to the Poles other than what other nations gave to them. The Bavarians have no right to try to force the Poles to accept a monarch imposed on them by foreign powers. The Prussian King Karl IV states that "he will never return to the Polish throne even if he outlives Methuselah."
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. Smallpox had finally come to an end and the people returned to their normal lives. The construction of a University had started with the aid of the Dutch. Meanwhile, contact was made with the natives of all the Lower Sunda Islands and attempts were made to subjugate the tribes by spreading Marrikuwuyangan influence. We expand 100 px East.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize, too, had started. The Marrikuwuyangan navy was by now the second strongest in the region, surpassed only be the Dutch and the pirates that had acquired Ayutthayan warships but with the recent arrival of the Spanish navy, it appeared that Marrikuwuyangan navy still had a long way to go. The people have developed immunity to smallpox due to interaction with other nations for hundreds of years
 * Mudbarra: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firemans and are trained.
 * Gurindji: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped
 * The Tartary: Continues eastward expansion, expanding toward the sea at 25,000 sq km. Fleeing Estonians, Livonians, Latvians, Lithuanians and Semigallians, about 2000 of them, are settled down in the area, where they begin forming many different towns. The Sahalyan River begins to be settled with Tatars, fleeing Prussians and Jews, as well as settled-down Tungusic tribes. Six thousand Ducher people are settled down in various settlements throughout the Tartary. As the nation fast approaches the Pacific coast, relations with surrounding nations such as the Baikal Jurchens (Turn One of Three) and Mangut Nivkhgu strengthen. However, this phenomenom is not only seen in the East; Tatar influence begins to seep into Azerbaijan and Hyrcania. Many people are converted to Mastoravism in the nation and abroad. The Mastorava continues to be mass-printed. The military and economy are developed.
 * Perm: Continues economic development. The population grows with influx of Permic settlers. Traders, including Prince Volod', become increasingly rich because of trade.
 * Azov: Also develops its economy and population. The League of Saint Vladimir is heavily developed throughout major cities, which leads to their fast economic and demographic growth. As the population continues developing, more and more exports and manufacture are created in Azov
 * Chernihiv: Continues integration into the rest of the Tartary's sphere of vassals. The population grows because of the influx of Ukrainians into the nation, which spread Mastoravism and the modified Ukrainian alphabet into the nation. Ukrainian becomes increasingly distant from Russian. The economy is developed.
 * Bukhara: Continues experiencing a mass wave of converts to Mastoravism. The military grows.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid continue ahead of schedule and are nearing completion. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities continues construction in South Hampton shipright. The Empire signs the Third Treaty of Delhi and sends troops to bolster new lands provided by the treaty. The Colonial Authority appoint Maximilian GrandPre as Governor of the Britannic Port of Katrina and outer land. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Diplomats are sent to Bavaria to help bolster relations. 
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish colony of Nuaphail expands 1000 sq km west. Nuaphail is renamed New Dublin after the capital of the united Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north  and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The L'nu protectorate becomes more closely controlled by Britannia, in several years, leaders hope to begin the vassalization process.
 * Crown Protectorate of Ghana: A new colonial governor is appointed by the Emperor to oversee the newly vassalized Ghana, the local militia runs a recruitment campaign in effort to get natives to support the change of govenment. To further this goal, Governor Richard Gearing, creates the Governor's Council, and fills the cabinet with popular and successful locals. Propaganda is used to convince the people of the benefits of British rule.
 * Bavarian Dip: We welcome any diplomats sent from the British state, and we fully enjoy friendly relations with the King. Would the King be interested in an alliance and trade pact?
 * British Dip: His Royal Majesty, Emperor Richard IV, does agree to a renewed trade pact and alliance, though he stresses the alliance is only for defensive purposes.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Diplomacy: We ask the Empire of Britannia if they would be interested for us to export our wheat for decent prices and exchange rates as a trade agreement.
 * British Dip: The Empire would love to purchase, for a reasonable price, grain to help support the growing Empire. We propose a reasonable exchange to occur through the Westminster Exchange. We also accept the trade agreements.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Diplomacy: We accept the British proposal of reasonable exchange and thank the Empire for their acceptance of the trade agreement.

'''I'm no military analyst but ships like those weren't seen until prior to the Napoleonic Wars, and even then they didn't have 200 cannons. The world's most armed Ship-Of-The-Line was the Spanish Nuestra Señora de la Santísima Trinidad, which had 140 guns and was finished in 1769. '  Toţi în unu; Nihil Sine Deo''

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Botafogo_%28galleon%29

'''The Botafogo Galleon, considered one of the largest galleons in the world, had 366 cannons in 1534. So yes, it is plausible. FOR THE GLORY OF THE PARTY! 03:06, July 8, 2014 (UTC)'''

'''I stand corrected then. However, it still seems like quite an overkill on maintenance and upkeep costs.'  Toţi în unu; Nihil Sine Deo''

You are quite right of course, it is indeed an expense, thankfully the majority of the navy is consisted of much more nimble ships.  FOR THE GLORY OF THE PARTY! 04:00, July 8, 2014 (UTC)
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with the Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaneously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * Pskov: Finally finishes its reconstruction, especially with the help of new merchants fleeing to Pskov from Novgorod after it has lost its connection to the Baltic, prefering to work directly from Pskov than through it as an international customer. The population booms as new immigrants arrive and are impressed by the new stone city, its size and scope. Economy booms as new people do more to improve it and merchants generously invest as they move into their new home. With more money now, the treasury is able to once again finance science and technology, and the university beins to experience a revival. Influx of people from Prussia are appreciated and settled in new territories and in Narva. Population is expected to surpass 400,000  by the end of the century. at least 50,000 new immigrants are documented this year alone from Prussia and are accomodated equally.
 * Fusahito Theocracy: The Theocracy begins to enter a golden age of trade, with the opening up of the Chinese markets along with the recent drop in import and export duties in Chinese ports. Japanese merchants continue to build a trade presence in the Spice Islands to the South, trading mainly with the Dutch and indigenous tribes. A benefit also begins to become apparent from the newly formed alliance with the Sultanate of Malacca, providing a cheaper source of spice than from the Dutch colonies. Econ turn. Unrest in the southern part of the archipelago is entirely quashed after the appeasement of local nobility over the past two years, who now see the benefits in rule from Kyoto. Work continues financing the construction of Shinto temples and shrines throughout Korea, with the Emperor advocating the spread of Shinto from the shores of Japan. The military is also not neglected, with the second Fusahito Emperor working toward continuing his father's dream of a strong Imperial navy to protect against an attack by sea and, more importantly, to keep open vital trade roots. These efforts of building new ships and financing development begins to weight the military in the favour of the navy rather than the army. Although the army continues to play a role in defence, with the continuation of the training of troops with newly purchased Dutch weaponry, the navy becomes the main concentration of Fusahito might. Priests from the Theocracy continue to usurp control of the Uesugi Daimyo. (Six of Eight).
 * County of Oldenburg: The Captain-General, his officers, the councillors, and the Regent (who, if you have not been following Oldenburger politics, is currently the Prince-Bishop of Osnabruck) complete their "Contingency Plans in case of Invasion". Three copies are printed: one is kept in the Comital Residence, one is kept in the Castle of the Captain-General, and one is entrusted to Count Dietrich in Britannia. The block used to print the volume is destroyed. Most of the Festungchen are completed, and many merchants and travellers report a drop in violent attacks along the highway, and most say that they feel safer. The OHG continues to invest a lot of time, money and men in the booming fur trade, and their office in Jacqueline is moved to a larger building. This reflects a change in Neu Norderney architecture: people are replacing their old single-story provisional houses from the very first settlement with proper German Fachwerkhäuser with one or two stories.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Taking their lead from the sojourns of last year, many students take part in drunken rampages around town; trashing taverns, mooning the city councillors in session, and releasing a herd of cattle through the main street. Despite the protestations of the townsfolk, the Church authorities are unwilling to prosecute the students.
 * Netherlands: Efforts to fully end the Sunda revolt continue with only a few strongholds still stnading in the east of the country. The new administration continues to put  emphasis on spice production. More Indians are recruited to serve in the company forces and they receive excellent pay in exhange for their services. The Dutch offer Malacca protection from other powers in exchange for greater trade rights. The homeland continues to enjoy economic and cultural prosperity as the Kingdom enters their hundred years of existence. A grand festival is held throughout the country to honor the heroes of the Lowlands Revolt and to celebrate the victory. Heroism and Adventurism continue to take hold of the minds and hearts of the peotic and novelist circles of the Lowlands while art and architecture continue to develop and evolve. With Pskov still recovering from the Russian war Amsterdam expeirences a rapid growth in commercial importance making it the biggest port in Europe. Orientalism enjoys a revival as the Palace of the Orient is completed and quickly becomes a centre of cultural and artistic exchange specially under the guidance of the house of Mirza. The Universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to develop a strong humanities and sciences tradition producing generations of open minded and free thinking professionals. The cities of the lowlands continue to grow and develop. opium starts to become popular in the aristocratic and bourgoisie circles as a hobby. The house of Nassau-Orleans and the General-States pass a bill spliting the wealth of the Royal family from that of the State (OTL event that allows the state and the monarchs to preserve and use their capital. However, they see best without risking the other). The States-General pass a law formally granting the Jewish who have always been tolerated right to public worship (again OTL tolerance) And guarantee them equality with the nation's Christians (once more OTL tolerance). Due to the important role of Jewish money and influence in the Kingdom's economy and cultural development no one minds this, especially since the Jewish population make up less then 4% of the national population. A census puts the Lowlands population at nearly 4,000,000 not including the population of the African, Asian and Hisperian holdings. The Wallonian artisans continue to grow in importance in the nation's economy as more and more goods are produced to sell abroad through the Dutch trading network. Lowland French continues to develop and split from common French. African regiments are recruited to serve in the West African Company and influence over the NIgerian states to the east of Benin start to grow. Education of the ruling elite along lowlands lines begin to facilitate administration of the region and intergrate the region into the Dutch empire. as promised limited autonomy is granted but French and Dutch become the official language of the nation despite the local lingo remaining tolerated. The slave trade continues to grow as slaves are sold to the New World empires and to the Indians. A total of 3000 to 5000 slaves are sold a year now throughout the Dutch trading empire. Naval expansion continues as more frigates are produced and the older ships are scuttled. The Dutch navy starts undergoing restructuring to replace the older ships with frigates Brigantes and with the New Great Frigate developed in the docks of the Amsterdam. The GreatvFrigate is the Dutch response to a flagship to compete with the Britannic and Spanish navies. Capable of holding 60 cannons, agile and durable. New Great Frigates and brigantes are built and join the ranks of Royal Navy, more are commissioned. The line infantry tactics developed are fully implemented alongside revolving lines in the New Model Army reforms and Dutch troops prove very efficient and disciplined. More muskets and cannons are produced. The Guiana Settlements continue to expands along the coastline and down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers a total of 20 pixels. Colonial settlements slowly grow in population as more settlers arrive and settle down mainly women to marry the men who are serving in the garrison or the earlier settlers. The government sponsors a program to increase the number of females to help develop a first generation of local whites. intermarriage with the natives is generally looked down upon and conflicts with the Guiana tribes continues to grow as more land is taking for settling and plantations. The first successful sugar and tobacco crop are sold for massive amounts to the homeland and this gives greater incentive to invest in plantations in the New World. Paramaribo and New Antwerp grow into the cultural and economic hubs of the colony, While Macaba develops into a military stronghold due to its location on the mouth of the Amazon River. Exploration down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers continue. The old legend of the City of Gold start circulating again making more explorers attempt to the hinterland. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as sickness spreads amongst the Guiana tribes and skirmishes also grow. The total population of the colony now stands at 1500, 70% white settlers and 30% African slaves. The first Mulat generation are born (mulats are mulattos or mixed black and white bloods). The states-general continue to grow in importance as more power is delegated to them. The middle class of the lowlands experience greater economic growth and expand in general as commerce and proffessional careers grow.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well. Hispania adopts the Italian Built Auditore Gun into its arsenal for its great penetration, huge shock effect, and ability to shoot longer than the Dutch gun, at the expense of weight, reload time, and the occasional explosive misfire.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of Mixed Spanish and Italian Decent. His musket, known as "The Devils Breath" or the Auditore Gun due to its massive signature ball of fire coming from the gun as it fires, is delivered as a prototype to the Monarch of Spain. This snaplock musket when tested outperformed the current Dutch weapon in many aspects, but was also a bit heavier, and some defects caused the weapon to explode near the end of the Gun causing minor harm to the User.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population 1.4 with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshes areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees, and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of Territory lost to local inland tribes he abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 40,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 450,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands along its new highway area aiming to create a series of moderately sized internal cities for future settlement going north and south. (50 px) while the colonies explorer have rounded the Straits of Torez and are expanding up the other side of the Patagonian coast now (20 px). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. A colonial militia made up of nearly 3000 colonists and another 200 Spanish troops embarks on another attack on Natives in the Uruguay area coincidentally finding nearly 100 natives themselves engaged in conflict with others. These natives are revealed to be Converts to christianity and are helped and brought back to the Colony to show the good the Spanish missionaries are doing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 35,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 3000. expeditions are sent though into the interior and places such as the San Lorenzo Valley are discovered and claimed but remain unsettled.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make the first trip to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare. The census of the protectorate reveals a population of about three-to-five million but due to fluctuating numbers from all the european territories the numbers remain uncertain.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards which used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: With Madagasikara becoming fully under Hispania, Madagasikara and her vassals are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy, and sends gifts of money to each of the protectorate states, and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The Administration, however, knowing that overextension in the area may become an issue later draws up secret plans (in Spain so locals can't find out about them) to release these nations as friendly allied client/satellite states to prevent other further issues from arising in the area.
 * Novgorod: We build but our economy buy trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources in homes. We welcome the non-German Prussians into our nation. Nikola's first son Viktor is born.
 * Vorlayacor:  Northwest expansion between the two prongs continues, filling in 30 pixels' worth of land.  Agriculture in the northwestern part of the nation continues to grow as a powerful industry, while the coastal areas focus more on manufacturing and trade.  The military increases the standards for its training regimine.  The population of the nation reaches over 300,000, with the armed forces numbering around 10,000.
 * Roman Empire: Now that the Empire is back in its proper hands, lol, a wide variety of events has happened in the Empire and its territories since a few years ago. With Judea annexed into the Empire as an exarchate, the local arabs are largely forced out by the ruling Exarch and his 10,000 man army, one of the most well-trained and equiped Roman army in the region. The city undergoes substantial construction in terms of new defenses as well as restoration to the cities Christian, Jewish, and Muslim temples. The Arabs forced out are allowed back on the grounds of pilgrimage for the three religions. With the Patriarch of Jersualem now taking an active role in the politics of the Empire, his influence is able to secure the permenant status of Judea as an Exarchate, never to have a hereditary lord. The growing influence of the Patriarchs of Constantinople, Alexandria, and Jerusalem is noticed by the Imperial government, and Theodore III invites them to Athens to discuss the fate of the Patriarchs in regard to their position in Roman society. In Anatolia, the Greek militias backed up by Roman troops secure their control over the new regions. Most Turks in the regions of Lydia and Bursa have already fled, and the few bands that haven't are forced out. The Empire begins to project its influence in the region, taking charge of restoring fortifications and infrastructure in the area. Smyrna becomes a major economic and political center, but the Empire doesn't want the entire Western coast to be controlled or protected by one major port and a few minor cities. To this end, 10,000 Greeks, mostly from Taurica or Macedonia, are sent to re-settle the cities of Illium and Ephesus to create a bastion of small cities that can help defend the coast. Accompanying the the settlers are 5000 soldiers. At Ephesus, a mircale reveals the location of the House of Mary, and a small monastary is created to house both the House and the tomb of  St John the Apostle until more fitting buildings can be constructed. In newly conquered regions of the Empire, such as Sinai and Cyrenaica, Muslims are offered incentives to convert to Christianity, namely lesser taxes as well as protection from apostasy punishment. Because of the settling of claimed land in the Imperial Sea, negotiations with the Prussians ceases and several Carros are sent to further re-inforce Banche Esterno and Atlantis. 
 * Albania: Military expands.
 * Ragusa: Navy expands.
 * Egypt: Influence of Roman culture and law continues to affect Egyptian society. The first Egyptian nobles become Roman citizens and begin seeing the benefits of such action. Incentives for converting to Christianity for Muslims continues.
 * Serbia: The nation continues to expand its military and become closer to Rome due to influence.
 * Roanoke: The colony begins to expand 10 pixels inland and 10 south now that the outer banks and inner coast are under nominal Roman control. Reme receives an official military garrison of 50 Roman soldiers. Several outposts are constructed along the outer banks to establish security for the colony. The colonists encounter natives claiming to be part of of a "Powhatan Confederacy," a powerful native nation nearby. Although the encounter is friendly, the ruling colonial government in Reme advises caution, noticing that the natives could easily destroy the colony at the moment and that it would be ill-advised to antagonize them. Now that the Roman Empire is further involved in the region, negotiations with the Powhatan Confederacy regarding trade and an alliance begins.
 * Banche Esterno: The colony begins to expand quickly due to an increase in Roman immigration and population expansion, The colony moves north and inland by 10 pixels each. The name changes to Avelinia, named after the first king of Banche Esterno. Following conflict between a Roman family of settlers and one of the nobles, the Roman Empire decides to instill its authority. 1000 Roman soldiers and a frigate along with two galleons are sent to back the new Roman Exarch in governing. The Duke will remain in power, but will share with the Exarch.
 * Empire of Urdustan:  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha) continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Islams. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. With the construction of monuments and gardens en masse, a greater need for cheap labor in the form of slaves arises, greater than what is being provided by European nations. For this reason, the Emperor plans to establish some sort of coastal enclave on Africa so as to gain many, many more slaves for his planned monuments.
 * Rajya of Orissa: Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa: Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 57, and his brother, Radu, now 56, resume growing the economy. A second large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The New guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is scheduled to finish in 1575. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. There is much distrust in the Senate, a majority of the senators hold Mircea in contempt as the young man acts with spoiled impunity. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year ten of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 30, continues to learn the art of ruling. His sister Lilliana, now 22, continues to search for a suitable husband. Mircea now a young man of 17 begins learning alongside his cousin. Sophia, now 2, begins to her development.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.


 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Grain production increases due to new Baltic residents entering the nation and new existing trade deals. Economic development continues.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1557, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1557, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In other news, Prince Albert will be betrothed to Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia in approximately thirteen years. In Polish news, Grand Duchess Catherine continues to embargo Poland, and will do so until 1560, from there on, all Polish merchants in Bavaria will be taxed heavily and only able to operate in certain areas. Grand Duchess Catherine has made this decision in knowledge that the Poles are totally unwilling and un-co-operative to any sort of compromise or negotiation. Furthermore, Catherine views the Polish inability to strike a decent deal, and the Prussian theatrical insults, as petty. The Grand Duchess explains that once the embargo wears off by 1560, Bavaria will have no part in eastern pettiness. In other news, Bavaria petitions the Scandinavian, British and Hispanic Empires for renewed alliances and trade deals. In dynastic news, the betrothal of Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia and Prince Albert still stands.
 * Munchen: By 1557, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate-Safavid Empire Union:  The Mosque Model in the Safavid Empire  continues to be implemented. As mosques are built towns are built (since under the Mosque Model mosques are the center of town) and as more towns are built roads are built as well. As roads are built between towns there is more money to construct mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model and thus in turn more support for the Dual Sultan and Shah Aashif. There is hope that this will reconstruct the once great Safavid Empire to its former glory. Infra turn.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grains and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in forty elephants being killed. The new expansion to the elephant pen is almost completed. |onte's population rises to over 120,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IV continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon teaches the King and many surrounding people how to read and speak literary |on. Mon VI's continues training recruits, with the help of his grandfather for the Ehersito hu Suida.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The Lithuanian deals are accepted, prompting Scandinavia to restore roads leading to Poland-Lithuania. In the meantime, the economy is expanded as roads to various countries are created or restored. The Sons of Iron company is formed in Norway, striking it rich with new Iron mining techniques. Merchantilism in Scandinavia, which has become big in Scandinavia, sees a rennaisance under King Nikolaus I. In the meantime, ten more warships are refitted with Gustav fittings. Trade routes with the New World are redrawn for easier access to Vinland or Strombek without unneeded risk from natural causes. The vassalization of the New Jersey coast continues to go well, expected to finish by 1560.
 * Finland: The economy is expanded as Finland expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Greater Ingria: The economy expands in Greater Ingria.
 * Iceland: The economy expands.
 * Karelia: The economy expands as Karelia expands by 3500 sq km.
 * Schleswig: The economy expands.
 * Strombek: The economy expands as Strombek expands by 2000 sq km down the St Lawrence River.
 * Vinland: The economy expands as Vinland expands by 2000 sq km to the north.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px along the Gulf Coast. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.

1558
The ruler of Vijayanagara dies, leaving his country in personal union with Bengal.

'''OK. Now that's just a bit much, leaving it in personal union with the only main contender in India. This shouldn't be allowed. '''

'''Sign your posts, please. ~Andrew'''

'''I also agree, Bengal is Muslim and Vijayangara is Hindu. '''

'''This isn't Europe or the Middle-East, where it's one state religion that you follow, lest you be stoned or burned. This is India, the land of four religions, where, even in Hinduism, there are several different beliefs followed by different people. But, anyway, Bengal is not "Muslim" in the sense that you're Muslim, or you're dead, and Vijaynagara is not "Hindu" in the sense that you're Hindu, or you're dead. Heck, I believe that at one point, there were more Buddhists and Hindus than Muslims in Bengal. But I am Urdustan now, as well. So, Urdustan is comprised of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Islam, with a leader that, having lived with an Islamic father and Hindu mother, doesn't know what he believes, or perhaps he believes both can coexist, as they have for two centuries now. Vijaynagar is comprised of Hinduism, Christianity, and Islam. The nation of Vijaynagar itself has been allied with Bengal for centuries, they have fought three wars together, one in which it was only Bengal and Vijaynagar, and they have held two royal marriages, this being the second one, of course. Furthermore, thanks to foreign threats, and the Indian League, religion has become much less of an issue for Indian nations over the course of two Leagues, and a century and a half. - Eip the Eagle.'''

'''Either way let's try to avoid giving people free stuff through moderator events. If I made an event with Austria and a major state in Europe that would clearly not be tolerated. - Mscoree '''

'''That wasn't "free". That was two centuries of relations building, two royal marriages, a shattered League, and four wars, two of which were weeks of shitstorms. Does that sound "Free" to you? This wasn't some mod deciding "I should give this to Urdustan", it was the death of the Vijaynagar ruler (he can't live forever, that's just implausible), with his only resultant heir being his grandson, thanks to certain events that led to a majority of the Vijaynagar royal family being slaughtered about a century ago. So, the plausible death of a mortal man and his throne being succeded by a grandson, who was ruler of the nation that built relations with Vijaynagar for two centuries, fought four wars with them, held an alliance for a century and a half, built a League with, and rebuilt it with, and two royal marriages, counts as "Free"? If so, then what in God's name is not "Free"? And besides, it's far more plausible than people vassalizing "Turn One of X" without: trade agreements, alliances, common culture, common religion, intertwined histories, or even a gift of an ounce of gold. - Eip the Eagle.'''


 * Hamburg-Mecklenburg: the economy is built up. Roads continue to be built and improved between the major cities. Williamsburg expands by 20 px, Neu Lüneburg expands 20 px southeast. Neu Hamburg expands by 20 px. The merchant fleets continue to bring in ever increasing profits, thanks in no small part to no longer relying on the Øresund for Baltic-North Sea transit.
 * County of Holstein: Military and economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military and economy expanded.
 * Ostland (al-Sumal): Infrastructure is expanded along European lines. The nation expands north 20 px.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * County of Oldenburg: The military expands, as does Neu Norderney (by 100 km along the coast).
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Students continue their drunken hijinks, seemingly justified by the Church's inaction. Public dissatisfaction grows, however, as many see the students as damaging Osnabruck's reputation as a place of God and learning. Tavern owners, despite the costs associated with the students' damage, make significant money from selling them the ale and beer to begin with. Academic scores at the University drop.
 * I won't be able to post tomorrow. Callumthered (talk) 00:11, July 9, 2014 (UTC)
 * I could post??? Would it be just a copy + paste thing? Cookiedamage (talk) 00:20, July 9, 2014 (UTC)
 * Thanks, would be much appreciated! Just for tomorrow; copy + paste is absolutely fine! Callumthered (talk)
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. Smallpox had finally come to an end and the people returned to their normal lives. The construction of a University had started with the aid of the Dutch. Meanwhile, contact was made with the natives of all the Lower Sunda Islands and attempts were made to subjugate the tribes by spreading Marrikuwuyangan influence. Jawanese is widely spoken by the people. Anti-Gulalin sentiment increases as the population believe that it was Gulalin Gulpilil's ascension to the throne that led to the disease and many plan to stage a coup d'état although it mostly fails due to the strong grip with which the Emperor controls the country. Meanwhile, the flag of Marrikuwuyanga was officially changed with a new flag that showed a red background and in the center the Sun having eight rays and surrounded by eight stars (Red represented the life and world. The sun represented knowledge and power and the eight rays represented eight people granted divine powers. The eight stars showed that the power was confined to these eight people and these eight people alone controlled everything. The eight people are the Supreme Council of Eight).
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize, too, had started. Javanese was widely spoken and Islam reaches the the island after merchants from the Mataram Sultanate arrive to trade.
 * Mudbarra: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firemans and are trained.
 * Gurindji: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grains and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in forty elephants being killed. The new expansion to the elephant pen is almost completed. |onte's population rises to over 127,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IV continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon teaches the King and many surrounding people how to read and speak literary |on. Mon VI's continues training recruits, with the help of his grandfather for the Ehersito hu Suida. Mon VI buys more of the snaphance to equip the new elite corps.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with  Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * Prussia and their vassals expand their economies.
 * Neu Pommern: As vast waves of immigrants arrive the cultural landscape of Neu Pommern begins to become something not-so-similar to the motherland's, as we have a disproportionate amount of Estonians, Lithuanaians, Latvians, and Semigallians as well as a Native population. As a result the lingo of the nation changes, as German is a lingua franca, but borrows from other Old World languages as well as some words from the Injuns. The Arawaks on Freihafen are completely dealt with, and as the port continues to grow it attracts more ships and pirate ships. The policy of teaching the Latin alphabet seem to the Injuns is seen as effective as at least most cheifs can now write in Latin script and speak German, but there is still work to be done. As a result of missionaries the Natives are converted, but many times not in the way the Western missionaries would like, as they sycretise the faiths rather than change their beliefs. Expansion continues 5 px inland alongside Bancho Esterno border, 10 pixels on west shore going north, and 5 pixels by Freihafen.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaneously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * Kingdom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are revived after the war and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. Both the Ban and the King begin supporting urbanization and the spread of free cities, much to the disagreement of the Sabor. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on.
 * Lombardy: Work continues on the Certosa di Pavia, the Castle Visconteo, and on the extensive Milan Cathedral. We continue training a proper standing army, utilizing Swiss mercenaries and local recruits. With border disputes now settled between the nations of Austria and Switzerland, we continue opening friendly relations with both nations in hopes of repairing our diplomatic relations and protecting our northern border. We continue constructing cogs and galleys to strengthen our navy and protect our interests on the seas. Our turn is dedicated to military in both our nation and our vassals. Wallis is declared a vassal of our nation, and we continue influencing them.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Due to an increase of agricultural production the economy is recovering at a faster. We continue to export agricultural goods to Prussia, Britannia and the Netherlands as well as conduct other trade operations. Economic development continues.
 * Tawatinsuyu: MIlitary Improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 10% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 898,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (111,000) with Cuzco coming in second (76,000), followed by Peru (24,000), Machu Picchu (22,000) and Sican (15,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The southern border of the Nazca-Province expands following the coast, to the northern border of Chiribayasuyu. The areas between the Wanka-Province and the Chimor-Province are also incorporated into the empire.
 * Chiribayasuyu: Population of the nation hits 57,000, which is still less than half of that before the wars with the Inca. The Army of Chiribayasuyu is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. The territory remains under martial law, as it lacks an established structure like the Inca. Economy improves.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Itzapam expands 50 px along the Pacific Coast.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port Katrina continues to expand. Britannia also fully adopts the snaphaunce rifle. The parliament forms the Crown Colonial Authority to better monitor Britannia's colonial holdings. The CCA expands control in Africa. Construction of two large galleons, both with 200 guns commences, the Sovereign and the Intrepid, making them the largest vessels ever attempted by a European nation, work is expected to take the better part of a decade. The first frigates of the Rome deal sets sail for its new home in Constantinople. Several older ships are sold to Croatia and other nations to make way for the modern ships. In London, in effort to preserve beer, a local brewer names James Walsh, adopts glass as a method of sealing in the beer, thus preserving it. The massive war Galleons Sovereign and Intrepid continue ahead of schedule and are nearing completion. The HMS Royale, a 368-gun war galleon with added mortar capabilities continues construction in South Hampton shipright. The Empire signs the Third Treaty of Delhi and sends troops to bolster new lands provided by the treaty. The Colonial Authority appoint Maximilian GrandPre as Governor of the Britannic Port of Katrina and outer land. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish colony of Nuaphail expands 1000 sq km west. Nuaphail is renamed New Dublin after the capital of the united Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km north  and west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. The L'nu protectorate becomes more closely controlled by Britannia, in several years, leaders hope to begin the vassalization process.
 * Crown Protectorate of Ghana: A new colonial governor is appointed by the Emperor to oversee the newly vassalized Ghana, the local militia runs a recruitment campaign in effort to get natives to support the change of govenment. To further this goal, Governor Richard Gearing, creates the Governor's Council, and fills the cabinet with popular and successful locals. Propaganda is used to convince the people of the benefits of British rule.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well. Hispania adopts the Italian Built Auditore Gun into its arsenal for its great penetration, huge shock effect, and ability to shoot longer than the Dutch gun, at the expense of weight, reload time, and the occasional explosive misfire.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of Mixed Spanish and Italian Decent. His musket, known as "The Devils Breath" or the Auditore Gun due to its massive signature ball of fire coming from the gun as it fires, is delivered as a prototype to the Monarch of Spain. This snaplock musket when tested outperformed the current Dutch weapon in many aspects, but was also a bit heavier, and some defects caused the weapon to explode near the end of the Gun causing minor harm to the User.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population 1.4 with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshes areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees, and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of Territory lost to local inland tribes he abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 40,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 450,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands along its new highway area aiming to create a series of moderately sized internal cities for future settlement going north and south. (50 px) while the colonies explorer have rounded the Straits of Torez and are expanding up the other side of the Patagonian coast now (20 px). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. A colonial militia made up of nearly 3000 colonists and another 200 Spanish troops embarks on another attack on Natives in the Uruguay area coincidentally finding nearly 100 natives themselves engaged in conflict with others. These natives are revealed to be Converts to christianity and are helped and brought back to the Colony to show the good the Spanish missionaries are doing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 35,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 3000. expeditions are sent though into the interior and places such as the San Lorenzo Valley are discovered and claimed but remain unsettled.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make the first trip to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare. The census of the protectorate reveals a population of about three-to-five million but due to fluctuating numbers from all the european territories the numbers remain uncertain.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards which used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: With Madagasikara becoming fully under Hispania, Madagasikara and her vassals are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy, and sends gifts of money to each of the protectorate states, and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The Administration, however, knowing that overextension in the area may become an issue later draws up secret plans (in Spain so locals can't find out about them) to release these nations as friendly allied client/satellite states to prevent other further issues from arising in the area.
 * Novgorod: We build but our economy buy trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of Zemlya more cities are being made. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources in homes. We start to farm more land.
 * The Tartary continues eastward expansion, as the nation moves thousands of sq km eastward. The nation finally reaches the Pacific coast near OTL Chumikan, where the settlement of Evenkosh (City of the Evenkis) is founded. The large eastward sea, which eventually would be discovered to be just part of what the Tatars today call the Neptunian Ocean, is named the Evenki Sea by local explorers. The nation celebrates this discovery, as the people can now claim they rule an empire that governs "from sea to shining sea". The population and economy are quickly developed, as is the military. Vassailation of the Baikal Jurchens continues
 * Perm, Azov and Bukhara develop their militaries;  Chernihiv' develops its economy.
 * Vorlayacor: 30 more pixels of land are filled in between the two prongs.  The University of Vorlayacor expands this year.  Xin Zhao, seeing an opportunity to help develop the northwestern territory, officially announces a program to sponsor agriculture and logging in the region, providing a boost to the local economy and loyalty to Vorlayacor.  The military purchases a few snaphaunce rifles.
 * Empire of Urdustan:  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha) continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Islams. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. With the construction of monuments and gardens en masse, a greater need for cheap labor in the form of slaves arises, greater than what is being provided by European nations. For this reason, the Emperor plans to establish some sort of coastal enclave on Africa so as to gain many, many more slaves for his planned monuments.
 * Rajya of Vijaynagar (Rājatantra kī Vijayanagara,وجینگر کے بادشاہت): Emperorer  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha), the son-in-law of the previous monarch of Vijaynagara, and the son of his daughter, finds the throne of Vijaynagara thrust upon himself due to being the last legitimate heir to their throne. Immediately upon recieving the news, he issues several written documents, scribed in Hindi and Urdu, and reprinted through woodblock printing, all across the Kingdom of Vijaynagara, in which he describes his relation to his father-in-law, his devotion to the people under his rule, and his attempts to make peace with this news, by seperating the Empire and the Kingdom, mainly to preserve laws that people are used to, and work to integrate both over a long period of time to prevent any unwanted and unlawful unrest for the sake of the prosperity of both Empire and Kingdom, and the strength of India. The first act, as monarch of Vijaynagara, taken by the Emperor, is to host a funeral in honor of his father-in-law, then a nationwide celebration in his honor, in order to show that his blood is their blood. His next act is to converge the titles of nobility, so that they are not held "Under Vijaynagar" and "Under Urdustan", but rather "Under Hindistan/Urdustan", dependant upon the religious and linguistic ties of said nobility. This is to do nothing more than help organize the armed forces, organize property rights across both nations, and a symbolic gesture of unity through nobility.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 58, and his brother, Radu, now 57, resume growing the economy. A second large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The New guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns. However, the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Demi-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is scheduled to finish in 1575. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. There is much distrust in the Senate, a majority of the senators hold Mircea in contempt as the young man acts with spoiled impunity. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year eleven of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 31, continues to learn the art of ruling. His sister Lilliana, now 23, continues to search for a suitable husband. Mircea now a young man of 18 begins learning alongside his cousin. Sophia, now 3, continues to her development.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile, intermarriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * Grand Duchy of Russia: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes.
 * Volhynia: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Roman Empire: Now that the Empire is back in its proper hands, lol, a wide variety of events has happened in the Empire and its territories since a few years ago. With Judea annexed into the Empire as an exarchate, the local arabs are largely forced out by the ruling Exarch and his 10,000 man army, one of the most well-trained and equiped Roman army in the region. The city undergoes substantial construction in terms of new defenses as well as restoration to the cities Christian, Jewish, and Muslim temples. The Arabs forced out are allowed back on the grounds of pilgrimage for the three religions. With the Patriarch of Jersualem now taking an active role in the politics of the Empire, his influence is able to secure the permenant status of Judea as an Exarchate, never to have a hereditary lord. The growing influence of the Patriarchs of Constantinople, Alexandria, and Jerusalem is noticed by the Imperial government, and Theodore III invites them to Athens to discuss the fate of the Patriarchs in regard to their position in Roman society. In Anatolia, the Greek militias backed up by Roman troops secure their control over the new regions. Most Turks in the regions of Lydia and Bursa have already fled, and the few bands that haven't are forced out. The Empire begins to project its influence in the region, taking charge of restoring fortifications and infrastructure in the area. Smyrna becomes a major economic and political center, but the Empire doesn't want the entire Western coast to be controlled or protected by one major port and a few minor cities. To this end, 10,000 Greeks, mostly from Taurica or Macedonia, are sent to re-settle the cities of Illium and Ephesus to create a bastion of small cities that can help defend the coast. Accompanying the the settlers are 5000 soldiers. At Ephesus, a mircale reveals the location of the House of Mary, and a small monastary is created to house both the House and the tomb of  St John the Apostle until more fitting buildings can be constructed. In newly conquered regions of the Empire, such as Sinai and Cyrenaica, Muslims are offered incentives to convert to Christianity, namely lesser taxes as well as protection from apostasy punishment.
 * Albania: Military expands.
 * Ragusa: Navy expands.
 * Egypt: Influence of Roman culture and law continues to affect Egyptian society. The first Egyptian nobles become Roman citizens and begin seeing the benefits of such action. Incentives for converting to Christianity for Muslims continues.
 * Serbia: The nation continues to expand its military and become closer to Rome due to influence.
 * Roanoke: The colony begins to expand 10 pixels inland and 10 south now that the outer banks and inner coast are under nominal Roman control. Reme receives an official military garrison of 50 Roman soldiers. Several outposts are constructed along the outer banks to establish security for the colony. The colonists encounter natives claiming to be part of of a "Powhatan Confederacy," a powerful native nation nearby. Although the encounter is friendly, the ruling colonial government in Reme advises caution, noticing that the natives could easily destroy the colony at the moment and that it would be ill-advised to antagonize them. Now that the Roman Empire is further involved in the region, negotiations with the Powhatan Confederacy regarding trade and an alliance begins.
 * Banche Esterno: The colony begins to expand quickly due to an increase in Roman immigration and population expansion, The colony moves north and inland by 10 pixels each. The name changes to Avelinia, named after the first king of Banche Esterno. Following conflict between a Roman family of settlers and one of the nobles, the Roman Empire decides to instill its authority. 1000 Roman soldiers and a frigate along with two galleons are sent to back the new Roman Exarch in governing. The Duke will remain in power, but will share with the Exarch.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1558, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1558, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In other news, Prince Albert will be betrothed to Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia in approximately thirteen years. In Polish news, Grand Duchess Catherine continues to embargo Poland, and will do so until 1560, from there on, all Polish merchants in Bavaria will be taxed heavily and only able to operate in certain areas. Grand Duchess Catherine has made this decision in knowledge that the Poles are totally unwilling and in-co-operative to any sort of compromise or negotiation. Furthermore, Catherine views the Polish inability to strike a decent deal, and the Prussian theatrical insults, as petty. The Grand Duchess explains that once the embargo wears off by 1560, Bavaria will have no part in eastern pettiness. In other news, Bavaria petitions the Scandinavian, British and Hispanic Empires for renewed alliances and trade deals. In dynastic news, the betrothal of Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia and Prince Albert still stands.
 * Munchen: By 1558, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * Mansurryian Sultanate-Safavid Empire Union:  The Mosque Model in the Safavid Empire  continues to be implemented. As mosques are built towns are built (since under the Mosque Model mosques are the center of town) and as more towns are built roads are built as well. As roads are built between towns there is more money to construct mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model and thus in turn more support for the Dual Sultan and Shah Aashif. There is hope that this will reconstruct the once great Safavid Empire to its former glory. Infra turn.
 * In Cahokia, the king, Antinanco, passes away and his son and heir, Mohe, is crowned Emperor. Mohe, who is dedicated to the idea of a greater Mississippian Confederation, puts his plan into place, replacing the Empire of his father to the Confederation. He works diligently to develop similarities between the different lands of the realm, and begins to be openly seen conversing with Christian missionaries. One of his closest advisors, Jean-Frances Desjardin, advocates the conversion of the Medicine School to a western-style monastery, and Mohe continues to be interested. More and more French colonists pour into the nation, looking for furs and wealth that only Cahokia, the biggest city in the western hemisphere, can offer. Vassalization of the Iroquois continues, and influence over the Odawa begins with good trade deals. The vassals of Etowah, Parkin, and Moundville all expand their borders as trade pushes them closer to Cahokia and European cultures.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe, begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete.

1559
'''Parallel coups occur in the Kalaw Kawaw and Muralong groups of the Torres Strait Islands. With bad harvests continuing, a well-respected farmer and warrior in both nations seizes control, and each organises more raids to Southern Papua New Guinea and Cape York respectively.'''


 * Hamburg-Mecklenburg: the economy continues to expand. The military also sees new improvements. From Neu Hamburg, ships continue mapping the Imperial Sea. By now, steady trade routes have been formed between Hamburg and her colonies. Williamsburg expands by 20 px, and Neu Lüneburg expands 20 px south east. Neu Hamburg expands 20 px, and wishes for formal relations with Banche Esterno. In the Friedrich Inseln, the islands continue to serve as a valuable launching point for expeditions into the East Indies. From there, trade is requested with Bengal and Malacca. The islands also become home to a small detachment of warships, to help defend the Hamburg settlements and citizens there. Neu Braunschweig also sees improvements made as colonists begin making the settlement home.
 * County of Holstein: Military and economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military and economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishop of Münster: Now capable of living without Hamburg loans, Münster stands on its feet and swears fealty to Hamburg. Infrastructure expanded.
 * Ostland (al-Sumal): Military and economy are expanded along European lines, expands 20 px north.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. The Açores continue to be settled. Meanwhile, the naus continue being used. Naval explorations directed to the west continue. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz expands north by 2500 sq km. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, the colony of São Sebastião expands 2500 sq km.
 * Prussia and their vassals begin expanding their military.
 * Neu Pommern: The region continues to be a extremely profitable investment for the Prussians who started the colony. Expansion continues 5 px inland alongside Bancho Esterno border, 10 pixels on west shore going north, and 5 pixels by Freihafen.
 * |onte: Continues to have a large surplus of grains and rice. Though adopting "western farming", the idea of "the tribe" is still very much so alive, as people always share the crops they have grown, or the animals they have hunted amongst the community. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in forty elephants being killed. The new expansion to the elephant pen is almost completed. |onte's population rises to over 134,000. There is a population centre that is beginning to appear around the mouth of the Kunene, and is simply referred to as Kunene. Mon IV continues his expansion north 150 sq km (3 pixels) with the newly equipped Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon III continues combining the many narratives heard into one coherent story, called the Sahaka, and takes on the project of Mon II. Mon X brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon  teaches the King and many surrounding people how to read and speak literary |on. Mon VI's continues training recruits, with the help of his grandfather for the Ehersito hu Suida. Mon VI buys more of the snaphance to equip the new elite corps.
 * Marrikuwuyanga Empire: The wheat surplus had steadily increased which had allowed the Marrikuwuyanga to increase their population. The Marrikuwuyanga continued their trade with the Dutch East India Company after the Supreme Council of Twelve had allowed the Dutch to create a trade outpost [1 px] at West Timor. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was steadily growing after the shock it had faced when the Ayutthaya faced rebellion. The Marrikuwuyangan economy was the strongest in the region and hundreds of men from other tribal states would migrate to Marrikuwuyanga annually to live in better conditions. The Marrikuwuyanga now produced muskets in large number, although training in using spears was still provided. The development of a cannon brought a new era for the Marrikuwuyangans who had never seen such a decisive weapon. The navy is developed. Smallpox had finally come to an end and the people returned to their normal lives. The construction of a University had started with the aid of the Dutch. Meanwhile, contact was made with the natives of all the Lower Sunda Islands and attempts were made to subjugate the tribes by spreading Marrikuwuyangan influence. Anti-Gulalin sentiment continued to increase as many questioned whether the man they worshipped as a God was the vessel of Emperor Yada Gulpilil's soul or not. Attempts to revolt had, however, largely failed due to the strong grip the Emperor had on the state but mostly because no one had the will to revolt especially after the devastating disease.
 * Timor: The extensive work on developing Timor's navy and military had proved beneficial after the Dutch had started providing the Marrikuwuyanga with their warships for the Marrikuwuyanga to examine and build. The Marrikuwuyangan Emperor, Yada Gulpilil was worshipped by many natives and his power continued to increase over the tribes of Timor. Development of Timor's infrastructure had started with the aid of Dutch, and the construction of a major port for the Dutch to utilize, too, had started. With merchants and now clergy arriving to Timor from the Mataram Sultanate, Islam started to spread among the natives. One of the member of the Supreme Council of Eight who himself had converted to Islam made sure the Emperor was not informed of the spread of the Abrahamic religion.
 * Mudbarra: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped with firemans and are trained.
 * Gurindji: Eco and mil improve. Men were recruited from villages to be trained on how to use firearms. Approximately 500 men are equipped
 * Novgorod: We build up our economy buy trading with other Russian states. Our military continues to train troops. Also we expand 10 px north on the island. On the island of лесные участки more cities are being made. More ships are being built for trade and our navy. More land is being set up for farming. Mining is being used more to obtain coal for fuel. Whale hunting is popular sport. Whale oil is used for fueling the lanterns. The timber industry cuts down trees for fuel sources in homes. We start to farm more land. We send a fleet of 26 ships east to explore the small islands and coast line east of us.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 850 sq km among both colonies The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 900 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with  Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. The vassalage of Bar ends. The colony in Kenya continues expanding.
 * D.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * C.Burgundy: Military, economy and navy are built up.
 * Bourbon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Lorraine: Military and economy are built up.
 * Saluzzo: Military and economy are built up.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Andorra: Makes the first boat in a Spanish port in Aragon and over 2000 people came to see the Narvara I set off and now it goes to Spanish colonies to suck out trade from them to Spain and then to Aragon calling It the "Trade Union Act".
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up.
 * Aurienne: Military and economy are built up. The nation expands both west and east toward the colonies of the French.
 * Guaxirenne: The country expands southward and military and economy are built up.
 * Anjou: Military and economy are built up.
 * Vendome: Military and economy are built up.
 * Provence: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Alencon: Military and economy are built up.
 * Narbonne: Military, navy and economy are built up.
 * Avignon: Military and economy are built up.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Savoie: Military and economy are built up.
 * Valois: Military and economy are built up.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace reaches about 13.8 million and growing thanks to the addition of the Aragonian populace and other growth. The economy, thanks to the aggressive colonialism, continues to expand immensely and the Spanish economy becomes the most powerful in Europe passing the French economy by leaps and bounds with the massive influx of gold, silver and jewels contributing heavily and its administration preventing heavy inflation of the Spanish economy. The armed forces continue their push to remain the most modern and begins to build a host of new ships to replace older ones which are sold to its vassals, trade companies and other territories of the Empire. The integration of Aragon into Castile and the formation of Spain is seen as relatively popular and the now majority Spanish population shows overwhelming support for their Queen. The Queen of Spain on the direction of an advisor incorporates the title of King of Italy as an integral part of Spain as well ruling over it in a personal union in which the monarch of Spain may rule as the King of Italy in a personal union but the title may not pass to any other than the Spanish monarch. Queen Alexis begins to push toward consolidation of new territories acquired and begins to increase troop amounts in Italy, Genoa and Savoy. Spanish general Alejandro Cortez writes a book on Spanish military history and with this writes a detailed doctrine describing the brilliant general Carlos's tactic of  line infantry. The general manages to get "Carolingian Infantry" a force of men five-to-seven ranks deep rotating to keep a continuous volley of fire on the enemy pushing its adoption by the Spanish Army. Phillip has a child named Alejandro now age 12. The Spanish continue to escort major trade convoys with warships to increase likelyhood of surviving. and investigation into the criminal underworld is undertaken to find out who hired these privateers. Alexis, finally seeing wisdom in creating a Spanish Parliament to prevent a foolish or insane monarch from ruining her accomplishments, creates the Parliament and enforces the first elections through landowners and influential traders who vote in the first Parliament led by Prime Minister Rodrigo Gonzales. Their first acts are to create a law system dealing with voting restricting it to the landed people and certain merchants but leaving it open to change with later amendments. The Parliament - also with authority of the queen - splits executive power between the Parliament and the monarchy. Finally, the Parliament creates the Colonial Administration Authority, which is a dedicated office to managing the colonies with offices in each colony and a budget dealing with expansion, maintenance and protection. The Colonial Administration authority seeing massive success in organizing the creation of a new colony in Borealias West Coast, and the West African campaign Parliament grants the CAA the ability to create the Colonial Military administration in order to keep tabs on colonies armed forces, garrisons and other protectorates armed forces as well. Hispania adopts the Italian Built Auditore Gun into its arsenal for its great penetration, huge shock effect, and ability to shoot longer than the Dutch gun, at the expense of weight, reload time, and the occasional explosive misfire. Alexis of Hispania falls ill and begins delegating more and more power to her Son Phillip and her Grandson Alejandro.
 * Kingdom of Italy:  Italy reaches its troops amount of 30,000 with it being armed and trained by Spanish troops in tactics. The Italian army is expanded moderately with some naval ships being purchased to replace losses. However, the Invulnerable Spanish army discourages any from speaking their mind and most deal with the relatively benevolent rule of the Spanish. The population of the Kingdom of Italy reaches about 13.3 million with growth falling short due to many men being killed in the war. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. The people of Italy begin to see Spain as much more benevolent than before and are more than happy with Spanish rule. However, this also may have to do with the fact that many nobles have been replaced with Spaniards or loyal Italians who helped Spanish forces in the invasion. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. The Kingdom of Italy shows a new prominent gun maker known as Ferdinand Auditore, a man of Mixed Spanish and Italian Decent. His musket, known as "The Devils Breath" or the Auditore Gun due to its massive signature ball of fire coming from the gun as it fires, is delivered as a prototype to the Monarch of Spain. This snaplock musket when tested outperformed the current Dutch weapon in many aspects, but was also a bit heavier, and some defects caused the weapon to explode near the end of the Gun causing minor harm to the User.
 * Savoy: Savoy is stabilized. The Savoyan people accept their new overlords as the increased trade has left traders and many other with much more money than they had before. The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately but much is spent rebuilding Savoy from the conflict. Savoy agrees to cede portions of territory to France due to the war and many people in Savoy are angered but powerless. The rulers of Savoy - realizing that inclusion into the Spanish empire is much better than being a target of it - manage to pacify the populace and begin to rebuild raising a small force of about 10,000 to handle security. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships.
 * Genoa: Now being free of Italy, but now a vassal of Spain, Genoa looks to rebuild its trade empire under the rising Spanish empire. The Genoan people and traders widely consider this to be a turning point with their people and begin to push for the mass acquisition of trade ships to rebuild their trade empire. Genoa begins to expand its military moving up to nearly 8000 troops with 5000 Spanish troops housed in Genoa. The Genoan people more than not show welcoming attitudes toward the Spanish as they have felt relatively oppressed by the Italians. However, some Genoans remain disenfranchized with the Spanish but the reputation of invincibility of the Spanish army makes any attempt at independence a far cry from possibility. These people more than not decide to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable amount now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The country begins the construction of various canals and cultivates trees farther inland to help increase arable farmland. The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Capo Verde increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population 1.4 with Christianity becoming dominant in the area. The Moroccan Assassins Guild forms and spreads keeping the peace and killing the corrupt as well as making Morocco much more peaceful for Spain. The Moroccan navy increases to nearly 130 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshes areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees, and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo unable to expand any farther up the river and with sizeable amounts of Territory lost to local inland tribes he abandons a large amount of territory with no intent in coming years to reclaim but maintains that the entirety of the river and its basin is under the jurisdiction and claim of the Kongo and its Hispanian monarchs.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The Royal Governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the the territory by 2500 sq km.
 * Morelia: The former Mayan kingdom is renamed Morelia by the royal governor to reflect its new Spanish culture as thousands of settlers have settled in the major cities with the population reaching about 675,000 in total with a large amount of traders and people from across Europe reaching an insightful priest says that destroying the cities will result in long term resentment that could never be repaired and instead they should be made Spanish-Maya hybrid. The new Royal Governor seeing wisdom in this declares that the cities will not be ransacked and a moderate tribute of gold and silver is demanded by the Spanish. The 2000 troops remain in the country and begin to establish areas along the coast suitable for Spanish settlement. The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (2500 sq km). The Spanish troops are brought from all over the region equaling nearly 5000, with 1000 being regulars, 3000 being troops formerly used in the conflict, and another 1000 opportunist settlers looking to make more money are used against the Mayan revolters with great effect. The Spanish troops continue to push through and wipe out remaining rebels clearing out the highlands by the end of the year.
 * Aztecs: With full control of the Aztec now reverting to the Spanish the Spanish begin to implement their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. Along with this many of the remaining Aztec people become infected decreasing population further. The economy of the Aztecs becomes entirely reliant on the Spanish Empire and the military remains non-existent with areas being occupied by Zapotec and remaining Spanish forces. However, its garrison is made up of Spanish forces who are settling the territory. Almost 5000 Spaniards come to the Aztec nation. The royal governor is appointed and after conversation with Morelias governor decides eventually he will embark on a large expansion campaign up the Mexican area. The Aztecs expand by 2500 sq km. The Colonial authority sends a fleets of settlers north to the colony of San Francisco.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: With the establishment of the Kingdom of Venezia following the previous war and with the loss of a large portion of the fleet the Venezian people seem to believe that much can be rebuilt through utilization of the dynamically rising Spanish empire for its own benefit. The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezians begins its long road to naval recovery and begins to use its vast knowledge to begin building ships not only for itself but acquires the blueprints to improve on Spanish ships to allow for sale back to the Queen. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives. The Prince of Venezia, Antonio, begins the drift toward Spanish culture.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of new Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 40,000 people and growing The colony proper reaches nearly 450,000 in population seeing large amounts of Colonial immigration now from both Spain and Hispanicized Italians. The Viceroy implements the first cattle ranches (they are not modern ranches) in order to expand the food supply of the large colony. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form their first militia under command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony specifically expands along its new highway area aiming to create a series of moderately sized internal cities for future settlement going north and south. (50 px) while the colonies explorer have rounded the Straits of Torez and are expanding up the other side of the Patagonian coast now (20 px). The viceroyalty seems extremely happy with the colonial status and support it's received from Spain as well as the massive re-investment for the betterment of the colony giving a huge boost to the construction of a few forts and a road system. The first ships begin to arrive from Spain African colonies bringing goods and a few slaves. Ranching is taken up by men previously accustomed to this in Spain. A colonial militia made up of nearly 3000 colonists and another 200 Spanish troops embarks on another attack on Natives in the Uruguay area coincidentally finding nearly 100 natives themselves engaged in conflict with others. These natives are revealed to be Converts to christianity and are helped and brought back to the Colony to show the good the Spanish missionaries are doing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand reaches 35,000 colonists. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people.
 * San Francisco: The new colony of San Francisco sees limited immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial adminstration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 5 px. The colony's population reaches around 3000. expeditions are sent though into the interior and places such as the San Lorenzo Valley are discovered and claimed but remain unsettled.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make the first trip to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  From any of the disenfranchised troops are recruited who are more than happy to act as a military force over the people that once ruled them. The economy of the area is turned toward an extraction economy as the nobility in the area is replaced with Spaniards, some Italians and a few opportunistic African people. This leads to unusually harsh system of the Econmienda in the areas run by opportunists. The Colonial Military Administration under the Authority establishes a fiercely loyal force of nearly 10,000 troops who were downtrodden by the previous rulers or who were entirely oppressed and enslaved. The training of these troops is handled by Spanish officers who along with retinues of a few hundred troops give the troops drills in superior warfare. The census of the protectorate reveals a population of about three-to-five million but due to fluctuating numbers from all the european territories the numbers remain uncertain.
 * Chile: With the Incan protectorate conquering the Chiribaya peoples some small portion of territory is given to the Spanish who establish Chile run by Spanish traders and a small offshoot of the Incan Colonial administration office. The area's name gains its source from a Mapuche word meaning ends of the earth but is corrupted by the Spanish into the name "Chile" The small populace of the locals is evaluated and are immediately joined by a few hundred Spanish settlers who begin to establish some terraced farms and a small town. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 1500 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile begins its first year of expansion south heading 2500 sq km south to meet up with the Spaniards which used the Mapuche for their own expansion for Pacific ports.
 * East African Protectorates: With Madagasikara becoming fully under Hispania, Madagasikara and her vassals are consolidated under the Colonial Administration Authority as the East African protectorates. These nations remain fully semi-autonomous under their own governments and do not answer to Madagasikara, but to Hispania and her Colonial Administration Authority. The Colonial Authority makes it a major directive in the area to keep these states happy, and sends gifts of money to each of the protectorate states, and encourages the expanded trade of the local league to boost economy. The Protectorates each maintain about three-to-five separate small to moderately sized independent armed forces nearing a force of about 30,000 total between all the protectorates and are used for local peacekeeping, and promoting better relations between all the states. This military is also outfitted with older Spanish equipment and is trained in older but still effective tactics. With colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The Administration, however, knowing that overextension in the area may become an issue later draws up secret plans (in Spain so locals can't find out about them) to release these nations as friendly allied client/satellite states to prevent other further issues from arising in the area.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * China: The project to expand the Grand Canal continues. Simultaneously, the Emperor decides to conduct a census of his peoples. It is expected to be finished in ten years because China is HUGE. We announce support for the Fusahito Theocracy in their war against the other Daimyos. China builds up its defensive forces, especially the navy. All vassals expand their militaries. The projects to continue medical research continue; people are offered money sums if they volunteer to be exposed to various diseases, and then various cures.
 * Netherlands: Efforts to fully end the Sunda revolt continue with only a few strongholds still stnading in the east of the country. The new administration continues to put  emphasis on spice production. More Indians are recruited to serve in the company forces and they receive excellent pay in exhange for their services. The Dutch offer Malacca protection from other powers in exchange for greater trade rights. The homeland continues to enjoy economic and cultural prosperity as the Kingdom enters their hundred years of existence. A grand festival is held throughout the country to honor the heroes of the Lowlands Revolt and to celebrate the victory. Heroism and Adventurism continue to take hold of the minds and hearts of the peotic and novelist circles of the Lowlands while art and architecture continue to develop and evolve. With Pskov still recovering from the Russian war Amsterdam expeirences a rapid growth in commercial importance making it the biggest port in Europe. Orientalism enjoys a revival as the Palace of the Orient is completed and quickly becomes a centre of cultural and artistic exchange specially under the guidance of the house of Mirza. The Universities of Brussels and Amsterdam continue to develop a strong humanities and sciences tradition producing generations of open minded and free thinking professionals. The cities of the lowlands continue to grow and develop. opium starts to become popular in the aristocratic and bourgoisie circles as a hobby. The house of Nassau-Orleans and the General-States pass a bill spliting the wealth of the Royal family from that of the State (OTL event that allows the state and the monarchs to preserve and use their capital. However, they see best without risking the other). The States-General pass a law formally granting the Jewish who have always been tolerated right to public worship (again OTL tolerance) And guarantee them equality with the nation's Christians (once more OTL tolerance). Due to the important role of Jewish money and influence in the Kingdom's economy and cultural development no one minds this, especially since the Jewish population make up less then 4% of the national population. A census puts the Lowlands population at nearly 4,000,000 not including the population of the African, Asian and Hisperian holdings. The Wallonian artisans continue to grow in importance in the nation's economy as more and more goods are produced to sell abroad through the Dutch trading network. Lowland French continues to develop and split from common French. African regiments are recruited to serve in the West African Company and influence over the NIgerian states to the east of Benin start to grow. Education of the ruling elite along lowlands lines begin to facilitate administration of the region and intergrate the region into the Dutch empire. as promised limited autonomy is granted but French and Dutch become the official language of the nation despite the local lingo remaining tolerated. The slave trade continues to grow as slaves are sold to the New World empires and to the Indians. A total of 3000 to 5000 slaves are sold a year now throughout the Dutch trading empire. Naval expansion continues as more frigates are produced and the older ships are scuttled. The Dutch navy starts undergoing restructuring to replace the older ships with frigates Brigantes and with the New Great Frigate developed in the docks of the Amsterdam. The GreatvFrigate is the Dutch response to a flagship to compete with the Britannic and Spanish navies. Capable of holding 60 cannons, agile and durable. New Great Frigates and brigantes are built and join the ranks of Royal Navy, more are commissioned. The line infantry tactics developed are fully implemented alongside revolving lines in the New Model Army reforms and Dutch troops prove very efficient and disciplined. More muskets and cannons are produced. The Guiana Settlements continue to expands along the coastline and down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers a total of 20 pixels. Colonial settlements slowly grow in population as more settlers arrive and settle down mainly women to marry the men who are serving in the garrison or the earlier settlers. The government sponsors a program to increase the number of females to help develop a first generation of local whites. intermarriage with the natives is generally looked down upon and conflicts with the Guiana tribes continues to grow as more land is taking for settling and plantations. The first successful sugar and tobacco crop are sold for massive amounts to the homeland and this gives greater incentive to invest in plantations in the New World. Paramaribo and New Antwerp grow into the cultural and economic hubs of the colony, While Macaba develops into a military stronghold due to its location on the mouth of the Amazon River. Exploration down the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers continue. The old legend of the City of Gold start circulating again making more explorers attempt to the hinterland. Tensions with the natives continue to grow as sickness spreads amongst the Guiana tribes and skirmishes also grow. The total population of the colony now stands at 1500, 70% white settlers and 30% African slaves. The first Mulat generation are born (mulats are mulattos or mixed black and white bloods). The states-general continue to grow in importance as more power is delegated to them. The middle class of the lowlands experience greater economic growth and expand in general as commerce and proffessional careers grow. interested in aquiring Luxemburg. The States-General request that talks begin with austria over the change of administration of the lands. 
 * Vorlayacor:  The military places a large order for snaphaunce-like rifles to the gunshops of Nov Xoryan, signifying a significant technological upgrade for the War Band.  Horses are being used increasingly often in battle and to transport supplies; they are supplanting alpacas and llamas brought from the old territory.  Governments of the newly claimed territories are organized and integrated into the central government in Nov Xoryan.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Economy improves. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 10% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 910,000. Chimu remains the largest city in the empire (115,000) with Qusqo/Cuzco coming in second (80,000), followed by Peru (26,000), Machu Picchu (24,000) and Sican (15,000). Chimu and Sican remain isolated culturally when compared with the rest of the empire. The southern border of the Nazca-Province expands following the coast, to the northern border of Chiribaya Wamani. The areas between the Wanka-Province and the Chimor-Province are also incorporated into the empire. We send 5000 soldiers to France/Spain for training in the early part of the ear, with another 10,000 arriving later in the year. The total size of the army hits 28,000.
 * Chiribaya Wamani:  The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo/Cuzco, (Chiribaya Central). Population of the nation hits 57,000, which is still less than half of that before the wars with the Inca. The Army of Chiribayasuyu is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. The territory remains under martial law, as it lacks an established structure like the Inca. Military improves.
 * Roman Empire: Now that the Empire is back in its proper hands, LOL, a wide variety of events has happened in the Empire and its territories since a few years ago. With Judea annexed into the Empire as an exarchate, the local arabs are largely forced out by the ruling Exarch and his 10,000 man army, one of the most well-trained and equipped Roman army in the region. The city undergoes substantial construction in terms of new defenses as well as restoration to the cities Christian, Jewish, and Muslim temples. The Arabs forced out are allowed back on the grounds of pilgrimage for the three religions. With the Patriarch of Jerusalem now taking an active role in the politics of the Empire, his influence is able to secure the permanent status of Judea as an Exarchate, never to have a hereditary lord. The growing influence of the Patriarchs of Constantinople, Alexandria, and Jerusalem is noticed by the Imperial government, and Theodore III invites them to Athens to discuss the fate of the Patriarchs in regard to their position in Roman society. In Anatolia, the Greek militias backed up by Roman troops secure their control over the new regions. Most Turks in the regions of Lydia and Bursa have already fled, and the few bands that haven't are forced out. The Empire begins to project its influence in the region, taking charge of restoring fortifications and infrastructure in the area. Smyrna becomes a major economic and political center, but the Empire doesn't want the entire Western coast to be controlled or protected by one major port and a few minor cities. To this end, 10,000 Greeks, mostly from Taurica or Macedonia, are sent to re-settle the cities of Illium and Ephesus to create a bastion of small cities that can help defend the coast. Accompanying the the settlers are 5000 soldiers. At Ephesus, a mircale reveals the location of the House of Mary, and a small monastery is created to house both the House and the tomb of  St John the Apostle until more fitting buildings can be constructed. In newly conquered regions of the Empire, such as Sinai and Cyrenaica, Muslims are offered incentives to convert to Christianity, namely lesser taxes as well as protection from apostasy punishment.
 * Albania: Military expands.
 * Ragusa: Navy expands.
 * Egypt: Influence of Roman culture and law continues to affect Egyptian society. The first Egyptian nobles become Roman citizens and begin seeing the benefits of such action. Incentives for converting to Christianity for Muslims continues.
 * Serbia: The nation continues to expand its military and become closer to Rome due to influence.
 * Roanoke: The colony begins to expand 10 pixels inland and 10 south now that the outer banks and inner coast are under nominal Roman control. Reme receives an official military garrison of 50 Roman soldiers. Several outposts are constructed along the outer banks to establish security for the colony. The colonists encounter natives claiming to be part of of a "Powhatan Confederacy," a powerful native nation nearby. Although the encounter is friendly, the ruling colonial government in Reme advises caution, noticing that the natives could easily destroy the colony at the moment and that it would be ill-advised to antagonize them. Now that the Roman Empire is further involved in the region, negotiations with the Powhatan Confederacy regarding trade and an alliance begins.
 * Banche Esterno: The colony begins to expand quickly due to an increase in Roman immigration and population expansion, The colony moves north and inland by 10 pixels each. The name changes to Avelinia, named after the first king of Banche Esterno. Following conflict between a Roman family of settlers and one of the nobles, the Roman Empire decides to instill its authority. 1000 Roman soldiers and a frigate along with two galleons are sent to back the new Roman Exarch in governing. The Duke will remain in power, but will share with the Exarch.
 * Empire of Urdustan:  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha) continues to rebuild his acquired lands from the Third Treaty of Delhi, building Hindu mosques and Hindu cultural centers before the Islamic ones, so as to prevent overhelming anger by the Hindus from seemingly favoring the Islams. However, Islamic buildings and cultural centers are also being rebuilt at this time, but with less importance. Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Cash crops continue to be grown in large amounts. With our merchants traveling to Ava, Kamarumpa and Arakan regularly, Islam continues to grow in their areas. Financial loans continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. To continue the conversion of his Sultanate to an Empire, plans for statues and gardens are drawn up, to build a sort of cult of personality around the current emperor, and affirm to the people of Urdustan that he is the leader, and he is the law. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. With the construction of monuments and gardens en masse, a greater need for cheap labor in the form of slaves arises, greater than what is being provided by European nations. For this reason, the Emperor plans to establish some sort of coastal enclave on Africa so as to gain many, many more slaves for his planned monuments.
 * Rajya of Vijaynagar (Rājatantra kī Vijayanagara,وجینگر کے بادشاہت): Emperorer  فضل بچت (Bacata anugraha), the son-in-law of the previous monarch of Vijaynagara, and the son of his daughter, finds the throne of Vijaynagara thrust upon himself due to being the last legitimate heir to their throne. Immediately upon recieving the news, he issues several written documents, scribed in Hindi and Urdu, and reprinted through woodblock printing, all across the Kingdom of Vijaynagara, in which he describes his relation to his father-in-law, his devotion to the people under his rule, and his attempts to make peace with this news, by separating the Empire and the Kingdom, mainly to preserve laws that people are used to, and work to integrate both over a long period of time to prevent any unwanted and unlawful unrest for the sake of the prosperity of both Empire and Kingdom, and the strength of India. The first act, as monarch of Vijaynagara, taken by the Emperor, is to host a funeral in honor of his father-in-law, then a nationwide celebration in his honor, in order to show that his blood is their blood. His next act is to converge the titles of nobility, so that they are not held "Under Vijaynagar" and "Under Urdustan", but rather "Under Hindistan/Urdustan", dependant upon the religious and linguistic ties of said nobility. This is to do nothing more than help organize the armed forces, organize property rights across both nations, and a symbolic gesture of unity through nobility.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Kalua Deva continues to listen to his advisers and bring about several reforms to his nation that make it more Islamic friendly, one of which is new, and calls for the creation of one mosque for each Hindu temple in the name of tolerance, when in reality, his advisers have prescribed this to bring about larger Islamic influence. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): Now vassalized by Bengal, the Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. They do this by continuing a process of land reclamation in the northern part of the state, which is largely marshy and thinly populated. This process of reclamation begins by using dikes, embankments and irrigation systems. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Bengali advisors continues.
 * The Tartary: Continues to expand its economy and military. Troops are sent to and fortified in the borders. The 100,000 man Tartary army is re-inforced. The population grows. The Baikal Jurchens become part of the Tartary.
 * Azov, Adyghea and Perm expand their economies. Bukhara and the Baikal Jurchens develop their militaries.
 * In Mississippia, Mohe works diligently to develop similarities between the different lands of the realm, and begins to be openly seen conversing with Christian missionaries. One of his closest advisors, Jean-Frances Desjardin, continues to advocate the conversion of the Medicine School to a western-style monastery, and Mohe continues to be interested. More and more French colonists pour into the nation, looking for furs and wealth that only Cahokia, the biggest city in the western hemisphere, can offer. Vassalization of the Iroquois is finalized, and influence over the Odawa continues with good trade deals. The vassals of Etowah, Parkin, and Moundville all expand their borders as trade pushes them closer to Cahokia and European cultures.
 * Grand Duchy of Bavaria: Bavaria expands its economy. The population continues to rise. Grand Duchess Catherine and her council continues to allow the training of new troops. Several markets are constructed in Landshut as well as trade houses for Austrian and Castilian traders. In Austria, several new ships begin being constructed, with twenty-five very large cogs being finished. We begin using an established trade route, with important stops in the trade route include Rome, Athens, Constantinople, Gibraltar, and the coasts of Brittany, due to a longstanding trade deal. Continuing in 1559, Catherine commissions six cogs to sail around western Mediterranean coasts. The market center in Landshut continues to attract Bavarian and Venetian traders. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In other news, Bavaria continues implementing the Alliance and Merchant Act as well as the Militia and Navy Act. The Bavarian Court continues hosting a largely Venetian composition. However, many Bavarian families have intermingled with the Venetians, creating a distinct social class and gentry. In national news, the common courts continue to be implemented around Bavaria as several of the lower class make use of it. The serf laws begin to be used as well. Skeptics who theorized that the serf laws would mark no profound change in society begin to be proven wrong. In 1559, as many as five hundred serfs sue for their freedom. Catherine begins to seriously ponder a law that would fully abolish serfdom, seeing how it has more or less deteriorated in Bavaria. The wild unpopularity of these laws begin to wear off as well. Catherine further incorporates the Collegiate Writs, allowing many more lower class men to enter college. In legal news, Catherine continues implementing the Bavarian commands. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. Catherine is pleased by this development, and becomes less wary of the Parliament. Work on the Parliamentary House continues in the city of Landshut. In other news, Prince Albert will be betrothed to Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia in approximately thirteen years. In Polish news, Grand Duchess Catherine continues to embargo Poland, and will do so until 1560, from there on, all Polish merchants in Bavaria will be taxed heavily and only able to operate in certain areas. Grand Duchess Catherine has made this decision in knowledge that the Poles are totally unwilling and in-co-operative to any sort of compromise or negotiation. Furthermore, Catherine views the Polish inability to strike a decent deal, and the Prussian theatrical insults, as petty. The Grand Duchess explains that once the embargo wears off by 1560, Bavaria will have no part in eastern pettiness. In other news, Bavaria petitions the Scandinavian, British and Hispanic Empires for renewed alliances and trade deals. In dynastic news, the betrothal of Princess Ingrid of Scandinavia and Prince Albert still stands. Catherine gives birth to a girl this year, whom she names Elisabeth.
 * Munchen: By 1559, the total class of Queen Isabell University amounts to about 5100 men. Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Straubing: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burgau: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Bamberg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Thuringia: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Saxony: Troops authorized by Catherine and Count Regent Adalbert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Countess Elisabeth normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Catherine continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: Queen Agne Szczuka of House Mockus gives birth to the new daughter of the royal family, Princess Walentyn I of House Szczuka. Construction of the Warsaw Citadel continues as troops and builders finish the gatehouses of the massive future capital building. Future investments into expanding the current economy and infrastructure are made to enlarge the benefits of living within the Commonwealth. Export of agricultural goods continues. Economic development continues.
 * The Consulate of Romania: Constantius, now 59, and his brother, Radu, now 58, resume growing the economy and making the military stronger. Trade flourishes across Romania. A second large cannon foundry is constructed by a rising weapons firm, known as the Constanta Fabrică de Tun. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. The company begins to develop a new form of cannons, the Culverini. The New guns are tested on a Sunbeci, and prove to be exceptionally accurate for naval guns, however the large Culverini are too heavy for the smaller Sunbeci. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. A redesigned Culverini, the Demi-Culverini is tested on a Sunbeci. The test is extremely positive as the redesigned cannons are smaller and much more portable than the full size Culverini. The Sunbeci continue to be developed, the craft is tested and exceeds expectations. The navy requests funding to pay for a fleet of 50 to be built over the next few decades, the project is scheduled to finish in 1575. Each ship will displace 200 tons, and carry 40 cannons of varying length and caliber. More disputes occur in the senate. There is much distrust in the Senate, a majority of the senators hold Mircea in contempt as the young man acts with spoiled impunity. Aside from the politicking of the capital much work is put into strengthening bonds with Transylvania, and thousands of Romanians travel to the new province. Hungarians are asked to leave Transylvania, their cost of passage to be paid in part by Romania. At the same time many Romanians, still within Hungary, and fearing persecution, flee to the safely of Romania. Pressure from Catholics in Transylvania begins to mount, as religious diversity leads to some conflict. Romania begins to exert political pressure on Kiev, (Year 12 of 15) while also providing them with aid after the devastating war. Vladimir, now 32, continues to learn the art of ruling. His sister Lilliana, now 24, continues to search for a suitable husband. Mircea, now a young man of 19, begins learning alongside his cousin. Sophia, now 4, continues to her development.
 * The Consulate of Bulgaria: Thousands of Romanians move into the country, seeking cheap and productive land. Meanwhile inter-marriage becomes very common. Bulgarians also begin to migrating to trade towns in Romania to seek more economic opportunities. The economy is improved and times are good.
 * ,Mansurryian Sultanate-Safavid Empire Union:  The Mosque Model in the Safavid Empire comes to a close. As mosques are built towns are built (since under the Mosque Model mosques are the center of town) and as more towns are built roads are built as well. As roads are built between towns there is more money to construct mosques and with more mosques there is more support for the Mosque Model and thus in turn more support for the Dual Sultan and Shah Aashif. There is hope that this will reconstruct the once great Safavid Empire to its former glory. Infra turn. As the Mosque Model comes to a close construction of Sunni mosques, towns, and roads are also being finished. The Mosque Model is planned to reap huge benefits for the Safavid Empire. Meanwhile the Grand Council discusses what to do for next year.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Moravia, Luxembourg, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Lusatia, Salzburg, Augsburg, Swabia,  Elsaß-Lothringen, Mainz, Palatinate, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from Central Europe, begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Abrechtburg has grown to a decently sized settlement, supporting a population of farmers, traders and a small garrison of soldiers. The town also houses a well furbished fort, armed with a small amount of cannons intended to defend the settlement and the harbor from any attack. Built out of necessity, the port at Abrechtburg is refurbished and expanded to support more trade ships, and allied countries are welcomed to trade and stay in the town. The second largest settlement in Westenland, Dominusburg, follows suit, finishing the construction of a port similar to Abrechtburg‘s. Trade posts continue to be built and exploited, now numbering several dozen along the coast of Westenland and into allied territory. Our reliance on the Wolof becomes less so, but we sign a trade agreement with their nation to continue our positive relationship. Deals are made with the Wolof for slaves and other goods. Conversion of the natives begin around the settlement. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Corfu, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with Spanish possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland and colonies in the Yucatan. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. A trade agreement is signed with the local Nacotchtank people, who we begin to trade goods with. Work also begins on a settlement on Vultsburg, it being the hub of Austrian trade in the south Imperial Sea. The settlement continues to grow and with the construction of a fort complete, the first settlers begin moving to the island. Schlossburg, and the area around it, expands. Settlers explore areas along the large river in the area, which they name the Ehrbar River (OTL Potomac). The Ehrbar settlements begin expanding northward. A more permanent trade post is established in Schlossburg, with fortifications being complete. The town of Schlossburg is declared the center of the territory of Reichland, which continues to expand.
 * Zapoteca: Zapotecan troops patrol captured Aztec territory. Zapoteca expands 100 px along the Gulf Coast.The Spanish aid is greatly appreciated. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military.